Editorial Board
Editor-In-Chief
Norbert Vrabec
Deputy Managing Editor
Monika Prostináková Hossová
Indexing Process and Technical Editor
Marija Hekelj
Technical Editor and Distribution
Ľubica Bôtošová
Proofreading Team and English Editors
František Rigo, Michael Valek
Photo Editors
Juliána Odziomková
Grafic Production Coordinator
Martin Graca
Web Editor
Andrej Brník
Editorial Team
Slavomír Gálik, Martin Solík, Oľga Škvareninová, Jozef Tinka
Advisory Board
Piermarco Aroldi (Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore in Milano, Italy)
Alexander Fedorov (Russian Association for Film and Media Education, Russia)
Jan Jirák (Metropolitan University Prague, Czech Republic)
Igor Kanižaj (University of Zagreb, Croatia)
Miguel Vicente Mariño (University of Valladolid, Spain)
Radek Mezulánik (Jan Amos Komenský University in Prague, Czech Republic)
Stefan Michael Newerkla (University of Vienna, Austria)
Gabriel Paľa (University of Prešov, Slovak Republic)
Veronika Pelle (Corvinus University of Budapest, Hungary)
Hana Pravdová (University of SS. Cyril and Methodius in Trnava, Slovak Republic)
Charo Sádaba (University of Navarra in Pamplona, Spain)
Lucia Spálová (Constantine the Philosopher University in Nitra, Slovakia)
Anna Stolińska (Pedagogical University of Kraków, Poland)
Zbigniew Widera (University of Economics in Katowice, Poland)
Markéta Zezulkova (Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic)
Yao Zheng (Zhejiang University of Media and Communications, China)
About the Journal
Media Literacy and Academic Research is a scientific journal focused on the academic reflection
of media and information literacy issues, media education, critical thinking, digital media and
new trends in related areas of media and communication studies. The journal is devoted
to addressing contemporary issues and future developments related to the interdisciplinary
academic discussion, the results of empirical research and the mutual interaction of expertise
in media and information studies, media education as well as their sociological, psychological,
political, linguistic and technological aspects.
Media Literacy and Academic Research is a double-blind peer-reviewed journal published twice
a year. The journal is international and interdisciplinary, inviting contributions from across the
globe and from various academic disciplines of social sciences. It focuses on theoretical and
empirical studies, research results, as well as papers related to the new trends, practices and
other academic a research areas. Also encouraged are literature reviews, innovative initiatives,
best practices in online teaching, institutional policies, standards and assessment. The Journal
welcomes the submission of manuscripts that meet the general criteria of significance and
scientific excellence.
The members of the journal´s Editorial Board are members of the European Communication
Research and Education Association (ECREA), UNESCO-UNAOC UNITWIN Network for Media
and Information Literacy, European Association for Viewers Interests (EAVI), The Slovak EU Kids
Online Team, Media Literacy Expert Group and International Association for Media Education.
The journal is now indexed in these databases: Ulrich’s Periodical Directory, CEEOL, CEJSH,
Index Copernicus.
The complete version of Media Literacy and Academic Research’s Editorial Policy is available
online at www.mlar.sk.
Media Literacy and Academic Research
Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020, price 5€
ISSN: 2585-8726 (print version), ISSN: 2585-9188 (online version)
EV 4956 / 14
Publisher
Faculty of Mass Media Communication
University of SS. Cyril and Methodius in Trnava
Námestie Jozefa Herdu 2, 917 01 Trnava
SLOVAK REPUBLIC
https://fmk.sk/en/, www.mlar.sk
IČO 36 078 913
Editorial
The coronavirus pandemic, which has captured almost the entire
world in recent months, can be best described by the term Black
Swan. This is a phenomenon by which Nassim Taleb refers to
events that seem totally unlikely, but when they do occur, their
effect on individuals and society is incredibly strong and often
devastating. Unfortunately, we are rarely afraid of phenomena
with an extremely low probability - not just the general public,
but also experts and stakeholders who have been caught by the
pandemic in a completely unprepared state. The Black Swan of
2020 is a nightmare for the entire planet. Although its outlines
are already quite clear, not everyone perceives clearly that this
is one of the most fundamental events in the modern history of mankind. According to Kristalina
Georgieva, Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund, the coronavirus pandemic
will push the global economy into the deepest recession since the Great Depression.
This merely confirms that it is by no means a crisis affecting the public health sector alone.
Experts from around the world predict that Covid-19 will have disastrous consequences for
almost all areas of economic and social life. The crippling of the world economy will affect
states and individuals across the planet. If there is no systematic, coordinated and thoughtful
intervention, the consequences will be truly devastating - high unemployment, social impacts,
increased crime and radicalization of society. It is in this period that the importance of media
and information literacy is reaffirmed. The ability to navigate a vast array of often contradictory
information sources and choose the most relevant is key in the Black Swan world. Again, it is
confirmed that if a large part of the audience focuses on tabloid media content, it is the worst
possible approach that distracts the public from information that is essential for better orientation
in an increasingly complex world. This phenomenon is all the more dangerous because, under the
pretext of anti-pandemic measures, many states are introducing fundamental and unprecedented
measures to curb the fundamental pillars of the democratic system and civil liberties.
In this context, the concentration on science, academic research, education and, last but
not least, the ability to deal with information is increasingly important. These phenomena are
indispensable for the elimination of health risks, but also the economic and social consequences
of the pandemic.
We also plan to regularly address these topics in Media Literacy and Academic Research. We
believe that in this way we can contribute to alleviating the consequences that the Covid-19
pandemic brings to our lives and to society as a whole.
Pleasant reading,
Norbert Vrabec
Editor-In-Chief
Contents
Studies
Information and Media Literacy: Integrating Literacies into Library Instruction ..........................................6
Amanda Grombly, Andrea Anderson
The Topic of Media-Disseminated Mis-Information and Dis-Information
as an Integral Part of General Education in Slovakia ................................................................................18
Viera Kačinová
The Politics of Melodrama: The Serialization of Populism in Kirchner’s Presidency ................................32
Martín Ponti
Deconstructionism and Language Shift – The Scientific Troubles of Political Correctness ......................46
Cordula Simon
Interactive Digital Narratives: A Close Reading of Bandersnatch to Analyze
the Aesthetic Relations with the User .......................................................................................................57
Ana Catarina Monteiro
The Cyberjournalism that we Make and the One that we Want –
Cyberjournalistic Praxis: The Case of Mass Media in Matanzas, Cuba....................................................73
Sussene Febles García, Arianna Oviedo Bravo, Yusel Reinaldo Martiatu
Digitalization of Memories – An analysis Relationship Between
Autobiographical Memory and Digital Photography .................................................................................85
Aysun Eyrek Keskin
Autobiography as a Genre of Literary Remembering and Communication
(and Its Presence in the Texts of Albert Martiš) ........................................................................................97
Patrik Šenkár
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Juliana Odziomková
Amanda Grombly, Andrea Anderson
Information And Media Literacy:
Integrating Literacies Into Library
Instruction
ABSTRACT
Media literacy is a critical skill, a subset of information literacy, that at this point in history is more
important than ever. Students entering higher education generally receive information literacy
instruction at the lower division level. However, the skills taught at this level are rudimentary
and geared toward introducing students to scholarly and peer-reviewed sources. Conversely,
students have relied upon more popular resources in K-12 education and may not have the
evaluative skills to more responsibly consume, and ethically use, popular, news, and social
media content. Current instruction methods silo instruction between scholarly and peer-review
sources for academic use separately from media consumption in everyday life. This separation
is problematic as students may achieve academic information literacy and still fall prey to
misinformation, they find online and in social situations. While the Association of College and
Research Libraries Framework addresses the need for a set of information literacy abilities, the
National Association for Media Literacy Education takes this further with their core principles.
At California State University, Bakersfield, media literacy is integrated into several information
literacy opportunities. However, it is in full-term information literacy instruction, where we most
fully develop the concepts and techniques specific to media literacy.
KEY WORDS
Information literacy. Media literacy. Higher education. Social media. Misinformation. Information
literacy skills. Information literacy standards. Media literacy standards. Library instruction.
page 6
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
Until recently, media literacy, the skill set dedicated to critically evaluating print and visual
media, has been siloed in communication studies. Students of the discipline are instructed in
this skill set to encourage and develop professional ethics and critical understanding of how
people communicate. However, with the growth of social media, decrease in traditional news
consumption, and transition from written to visual methods of communication, it has become
imperative that all students are well versed in media literacy skills.
In recent years, media literacy has been integrated with information literacy in the higher
education curriculum. Despite this addition, there are still limits upon which types of media and
information students have learned or been instructed to apply these skills to; while students
may develop mastery of media literacy skills in the academy, it is still disheartening to see how
many of them fail to apply these same standards to their own information and social media
consumption.
The goal is to get students to understand that the sharing and consumption of information
is a practice in ethics and trust. There is a need to demonstrate what is at stake, and in the
current global climate, the reliability of information producers and facts is literally a matter of life
and death. Teaching students the importance of evaluating their day to day media consumption
is not something that can be taught in passing. In a typical one-shot for information literacy,
librarians and instructors have between 15 and 75 minutes to impart onto students how to
search for information, and to evaluate it for peer review and scholarship, and how to access
said information. It is often impossible to do all of this will, with active learning, in this amount
of time.
In a full-term information literacy course, it is possible to take time out to teach students
the differences between information they use in the academy and information they consume
for personal and business reasons. Appealing to their sense of right and wrong, their ethics,
and their understanding of the law helps frame the implications of misinformation, media bias,
and fake news.
2. Literature Review
Definitions of information literacy are varied, but most include the concept of information
discovery, evaluation, creation, and responsible use. The standards for information literacy in
higher education have been guided by the Association of Research & College Libraries since
1957 when a committee developed its „first real set of ‘Standards for College Libraries’ to
enjoy the consensual support of the profession.“1 Since then, IL standards have undergone
multiple revisions as developments in technology, new information formats, and new avenues
of information creation have been formed. Most notably, in 2000, an ACRL committee finalized
work on the „Information Literacy Competency Standards for Higher Education,“ which set out
skill-based performance indicators and specific learning outcomes. The standards were widely
used, translated, and globally distributed. In 2012, at the recommendation of a review task force,
the ACRL Board approved an extensive revision of the standards, which resulted in the 2015
adoption of the „Framework for Information Literacy in Higher Education.“2 The Framework,
consisting of six different frames or concepts, pushed IL forward from a specific set of learning
outcomes and moved it forward into a more conceptual understanding of information literacy with
1
2
ACRL History. [online]. [2020-04-05]. Available at: <http://www.ala.org/acrl/aboutacrl/history/history>.
Ibid.
Studies
page 7
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
more capacity to enhance student learning and critical thinking skills. The Framework defines
information literacy as „the set of integrated abilities encompassing the reflective discovery
of information, the understanding of how information is produced and valued, and the use of
information in creating new knowledge and participating ethically in communities of learning.“3
Herakova, Bonnet, and Congdon explore the important relationship between information and
media literacy and state that „engaging and furthering information literacy is key to the civil
dialogues assignment – from deciding on and researching an issue, through critique of information
and messages, to the ethical participation in learning communities.“4
In the course of the last twenty years, media literacy has been redefined to include the rapid
changes to the media landscape: from television and print culture to a panorama of sources
from the physical to the, mostly, digital including both print and visual formats. Institutions
like Alliance for a Media Literate America5, Center for Media Literacy6, Accrediting Council of
Education in Journalism and Mass Communication7, National Communication Association8,
National Association for Media Literacy Education9, and Partnership for 21st Century Skills10
have attempted to generate a concise definition with an accompanying set of competencies
and learning outcomes. Scholars Renee Hobbs and W. James Potter have published extensively
on the cultivation and application of media literacy pedagogy. In 2010, both scholars published
on „The State of Media Literacy“ where they debate the definitions, issues, and themes related
to media literacy.11
The nexus of media literacy is critical thinking, but there is much debate on the focus of
this particular „literacy.“12 Many argue that media literacy should extend beyond the functional
aspects of searching for and identifying forms of media that are more closely associated
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Framework for Information Literacy for Higher Education. [online]. [2020-04-05]. Available at: <http://www.
ala.org/acrl/standards/ilframework>.
HERAKOVA, L. et al.: Centering Information Literacy (as) Skills and Civic Engagement in the Basic
Communication Course: An Integrated Course Library Collaboration. In Basic Communication Course
Annual, 2017, Vol. 29, No. 1, p. 114.
See: ROGOW, F.: Shifting from Media to Literacy. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No.
1, p. 32; THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American
Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 23.
THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American Behavioral
Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 24.
CHRIST, W.: Assessment, Media Literacy Standards, and Higher Education. In American Behavioral Scientist,
2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 92-94.
Ibid., p. 95.
BAYLEN, D., D’ALBA, A. (eds.): Essentials of Teaching and Integrating Visual and Media Literacy: Visualizing
Learning. Cham, New York : Springer International Publishing Switzerland, 2015, p. 15.
THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American Behavioral
Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 20-23.
See: POTTER, W.: The State of Media Literacy. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media, 2010, Vol.
54, No. 4, p. 676-678; HOBBS, R.: Improving Reading Comprehension by Using Media Literacy Activities.
In Voices from the Middle, 2001, Vol. 8, No. 4, p. 419-425.
See: ROGOW, F.: Shifting from Media to Literacy. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No.
1, p. 31; THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American
Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 20; LUKE, C.: As Seen on TV or Was that My Phone? New
Media Literacy. In Policy Futures in Education, 2007, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 50; VAN DE VORD, R.: Distance
Students and Online Research: Promoting Information Literacy through Media Literacy. In Internet and
Higher Education, 2010, Vol. 13, p. 170; KELLNER, D., SHARE, J.: Critical Media Literacy: Crucial Policy
Choices for a Twenty-First-Century Democracy. In Policy Futures in Education, 2007, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 59;
FLEMING, J.: Media Literacy, News Literacy, or News Appreciation? A case Study of the News Literacy
Program at Stony Brook University. In Journalism and Mass Communication Editor, 2014, Vol. 69, No.
2, p. 149; VRAGA, E., TULLY, M.: Effectiveness of a Non-Classroom Media Literacy Intervention Among
Different Undergraduate Populations. In Journalism and Mass Communication Editor, 2016, Vol. 71, No.
4, p. 440; MAKSL, A. et al.: The Usefulness of a News Media Literacy Curriculum. In Journalism and
Mass Communications Educator, 2017, Vol. 72, No. 2, p. 230.
page 8
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
with information, digital, and technology literacy.13 The most accepted definition of media
literacy tends to align with Hobb’s 2001 definition: „…accessing, analyzing, evaluating, and
communicating.“14
There are those in media studies that argue media production should also be a requirement
of media literacy.15 While this provides for general competencies, it does not provide educators
with measurable objectives or outcomes. Thoman and Jolls developed a framework and set of
key questions that does; it addresses the social construction of media and meaning, the use
of codified language and expression in media, difference of perspective, values, and biases,
and the underlying power structure in communication.16
Other significant issues related to media literacy include representation, social justice, an
educated and empowered citizenry, and livelihood of democracy.17 Representation and agency
are critical, but they are often only taught in relation to higher level media and scholarship.18
There is still debate on whether more common or mundane forms of media, including television
and social media, should be analyzed at this level.19 Given the volume with which Americans
consume information in these formats, whether for entertainment or news, it is important to
teach users to apply the same standards of analysis to all formats of information.20
In line with the social justice agenda, scholars in media studies and librarianship also contend
that inadequate access to technology and information and/or media literacy education further
disenfranchises socio-economically challenged populations.21 At issue too is the need to teach
students at all levels to analyze mainstream social, television, and news media with the same
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
See: THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American
Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 20; FLEMING, J.: Media Literacy, News Literacy, or News
Appreciation? A case Study of the News Literacy Program at Stony Brook University. In Journalism and
Mass Communication Editor, 2014, Vol. 69, No. 2, p. 148-149; KELLNER, D., SHARE, J.: Critical Media
Literacy: Crucial Policy Choices for a Twenty-First-Century Democracy. In Policy Futures in Education, 2007,
Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 61; VAN DE VORD, R.: Distance Students and Online Research: Promoting Information
Literacy through Media Literacy. In Internet and Higher Education, 2010, Vol. 13, No. 3, p. 171.
HOBBS, R.: The State of Media Literacy: A Response to Potter. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic
Media, 2011, Vol. 55, No. 3, p. 45.
See: ROGOW, F.: Shifting from Media to Literacy. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1;
THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American Behavioral
Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1; KELLNER, D., SHARE, J.: Critical Media Literacy: Crucial Policy Choices
for a Twenty-First-Century Democracy. In Policy Futures in Education, 2007, Vol. 5, No. 1; HAMMER, R.:
Critical Media Literacy as Engaged Pedagogy. In E-Learning and Digital Media, 2011, Vol. 8, No. 4, p. 361.
THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American Behavioral
Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 25-27.
See: JONES-JANG, S. et al.: Does Media Literacy Help Identification of Fake News? Information Literacy
Helps, but Other Literacies Don’t. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2019, Vol. 68.; CHRIST, W.: Assessment,
Media Literacy Standards, and Higher Education. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1;
POTTER, W.: The State of Media Literacy. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media, 2010, Vol.
54, No. 4; HOBBS, R.: The State of Media Literacy: A Response to Potter. In Journal of Broadcasting and
Electronic Media, 2011, Vol. 55, No. 3.
See: POTTER, W.: The State of Media Literacy. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media, 2010,
Vol. 54, No. 4; HOBBS, R.: The State of Media Literacy: A Response to Potter. In Journal of Broadcasting
and Electronic Media, 2011, Vol. 55, No. 3; JONES-JANG, S. et al.: Does Media Literacy Help Identification
of Fake News? Information Literacy Helps, but Other Literacies Don’t. In American Behavioral Scientist,
2019, Vol. 68.
See: CHRIST, W.: Assessment, Media Literacy Standards, and Higher Education. In American Behavioral
Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1; THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing
World. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1; FLEMING, J.: Media Literacy, News Literacy, or
News Appreciation? A case Study of the News Literacy Program at Stony Brook University. In Journalism
and Mass Communication Editor, 2014, Vol. 69, No. 2.
JONES-JANG, S. et al.: Does Media Literacy Help Identification of Fake News? Information Literacy Helps,
but Other Literacies Don’t. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2019, Vol. 68, p. 12-14.
HAMMER, R.: Critical Media Literacy as Engaged Pedagogy. In E-Learning and Digital Media, 2011, Vol.
8, No. 4, p. 360.
Studies
page 9
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
lenses applied to print media and film in order address issues in identity politics, representation,
and equal treatment in government and society.22 Many assume that these digital natives are
familiar with the concepts of media literacy because of their demonstrated proficiency with the
technology, but that is not the case.23 Students need faculty in all disciplines, and by virtue of
their role in information literacy, librarians, to teach them these skills and provide them access
to information.
3. Methods of Instruction
The ACRL’s Framework for Information Literacy in Higher Education (the Framework) was
created in 2015 to re-invigorate the previous standards for information literacy, and push student
understanding away from just a set of learned skills, and forward into a more conceptual and
dynamic understanding of information literacy.24 The Framework allows for instructor creativity
and does not dictate specifically how librarian instructors should address each of the frames
within their own instruction, but instead provides examples and possibilities for how to extend
each of these frames into the classroom. Librarian instructors at California State University,
Bakersfield (CSUB) began incorporating the Framework into all aspects of the information literacy
program including one-shots for general education courses, subject orientations, workshops,
and full-semester library courses.
Currently, librarians at CSUB offer a one-unit, full semester, general studies course on
information literacy, which is offered during the academic year, and also during both winter and
summer sessions. Prior to 2016, the library’s GST 1110 course, Research Sources and Skills,
had been taught as a face-to-face class, but in 2017 it was moved to a fully online course.
Moving to online allowed a reevaluation of the syllabus, and the Framework was implemented
into nearly all aspects of the course. Two different librarian instructors have taught the class
since 2017, both devoting significant time to media literacy concepts and the importance of
information literacy skills in day to day life. The challenges of teaching media literacy within
short, traditional library instruction sessions will be compared to that of the more in-depth
instruction found within full semester library research courses.
While the vagueness of the Framework has often been seen as a negative, in reality it allows
librarians to extend information literacy concepts beyond traditional academic instruction and
provides an avenue for the incorporation of media literacy concepts into the same classroom
atmospheres that they are used to teaching within. At CSUB, librarians addressed these topics
in a variety of different ways including First-Year-Experience orientations that dealt with Fake
News and evaluation, within English research and composition courses, library sponsored
workshops on identifying fake news, plagiarism, and the evaluation process, and within fullsemester library courses. It is within these full-semester library courses that the implementation
of the Framework can be most thoroughly expanded and media literacy concepts and skills
can be built upon
Traditional information literacy courses place a significant focus on academic research with
the end goal of instilling in students the skills needed to find, evaluate, and responsibly use
information within the confines of scholarly or academic work. Students at the university level
are often immediately immersed into the rigors of academic research with librarians playing a
significant role in the development of early information literacy skills.
22
23
24
HAMMER, R.: Critical Media Literacy as Engaged Pedagogy. In E-Learning and Digital Media, 2011, Vol.
8, No. 4, p. 360.
KIVILUOTO, J.: Information Literacy and Diginatives: Expanding the Role of Academic Libraries. In
International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions, 2015, Vol. 41, No. 4, p. 309-310.
Framework for Information Literacy for Higher Education. [online]. [2020-04-05]. Available at: <http://www.
ala.org/acrl/standards/ilframework>.
page 10
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
First-Year-Experience courses are a common place to introduce freshmen to the library, its
services and resources. While the general orientations, scavenger hunts, and library tours that
are often utilized in these courses can provide awareness of the library, more in-depth instruction
within them is not easily done. As FYE courses continue to grow, librarians assigned to each
of these sections prioritize the exploration of the library resources over other components of
information literacy or media literacy. As students progress through their majors, subsequent
librarian visits and instruction may begin to incorporate deeper evaluative skills and even include
components of media literacy and evaluation of various media sources. The incorporation of
media literacy into a librarian’s subject area is at the discretion of the librarian and the overall
learning outcomes for that particular course or discipline.
Contrary to popular academic research, many introductory speech courses allow students to
present on a wide array of topics from the popular to the academic and mundane to inflammatory.
In these classes, students utilize a wide variety of sources, but it is difficult to explain, in a fifty
to seventy-five minute session, why they should be so careful with the information they present.
Instructors for the campus’ introductory public speaking course will schedule one-shot
library instruction to not only provide students with access to functional information literacy
instruction, but also for assistance in identifying and evaluating information appropriate to the
subject and format of the speech the students develop. The functional literacy portion of the
class mimics that provided to the freshmen composition students. Depending on the number of
sessions allocated to the librarian, this content is covered in thirty to forty-five minutes both to
provide time for the discussion of source evaluation but also because most of these students
have completed or are co-enrolled in freshmen composition when they take public speaking.
They will generally meet with librarians twice in their first year to learn how to search for, access,
and retrieve resources from the library and the open web.
What makes these one-shots different from the freshmen composition classes, and from
most other information literacy one-shots, is the need to emphasize the evaluation of popular
and mainstream media sources. Within communications and media studies, students receive
in-depth instruction in the construction, purpose, and codification of media and messaging.
In this first course, they need instruction on differentiating the different formats of information
so they can learn when to use them. In this instruction, students learn to retrieve, identify,
and evaluate information from news sources, data and public opinion polls, blogs or social
media content, government documents, and scholarly and/or peer-reviewed sources. Given
that students meet with the librarian for only one or two sessions, all of this information is
condensed to fit class sessions of 50 to 75 minutes.
There is not enough time to provide depth of analysis of these forms of information, and so
students are reduced to evaluating sources from short, prescriptive checklists. It becomes the
course instructor’s duty to provide students instruction in the more in-depth, critical analysis
of context, subtext, intent, and meaning. It is necessary in these situations for instruction and
library faculty to work together to provide these students with the basic tenets of media literacy
to complete their course. Anecdotally, it is rare to see many of these students develop the
broader awareness of their personal consumption of information in any of these terms. More
often than not, students still seek out the convenient rather than the complex and credible.
At CSUB, General Studies 1110, Research Sources and Skills, is taught every term and
incorporates the basics of information literacy for academic research. In recent semesters,
however, the course has begun to incorporate more aspects of media literacy as well. Librarian
instructors differ in their approaches and coursework, but the course objectives are the same
and include the following:
• Develop basic information literacy skills.
• Demonstrate critical thinking and information literacy.
• Evaluate contexts, attitudes, values, and responses to different audiences.
• Identify and use research tools appropriate to their immediate information need(s).
Studies
page 11
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
• Apply a variety of search strategies and techniques to retrieving resources relevant to
their immediate information need(s).
• Find diverse, reputable sources for an academic research paper.
• Use logical reasoning, at the appropriate level, to develop and organize ideas.
One librarian’s approach to teaching the GST course has been to use the Framework to
guide the trajectory of the class. Early coursework pulls in traditional information literacy skills
and develops searching and evaluating skills with a focus on authorship, audience, information
creation and value, and scholarly conversation. Student assignments begin with a focus on
reference materials and background information, and focus on the frames four and six, which
address research as inquiry, and searching as a strategic exploration. This theme is carried on
throughout the entire course even as other frame are developed and explored. Early assignments
include academic sources from reference databases to show early on the purpose of background
research, and include quick comparisons between Google searches and database searches.
As students learn the basics of database searching, the importance of information creation as
a process is explored and clear distinctions between scholarly, trade, and popular material are
made. Once students are able to locate possible articles and resources on the topics they are
exploring, the first frame, Authority is Constructed and Contextual, is addressed. Students take
three of their resources and take an in-depth look at who the author is and identify profession,
credentials, and previous writings that may help the student understand who is writing their
resource and whether or not it allows them to have more confidence in the „authority“ of the
item. Students are also asked in a discussion post to explain who their authorities are in each
of their individual majors and interact with each other to see how different majors hold different
types of „authorities“ on their topics.
As the different frames are introduced and explored, the topic of media literacy is introduced
during the second half of the semester. At this point, students have explored differences in
information quality and authorship from databases and open web searches, and when news
or other media sources are explored, it is a basic expectation that students would vet out the
resource, look at how it was created, who created it, and why the source may or may not hold
credible weight. Two weeks are devoted to this topic, and the first introductory assignment asks
students to read the Stanford History Group’s report that describes students’ ability to discern
the credibility of information online as „bleak.“25 Students are asked to describe how they get
their news information and how they think they would fare in a similar study. The following week
explores false information in different platforms including social media, and moves students
towards an understanding that even within the onslaught of information we receive in our daily
tech filled lives, they have the ability to recognize red flags and treat information sources with
a healthy sense of skepticism before using the information.
After the library instruction coordinator realigned the goals and objectives for the general
studies information literacy course with the ACRL Framework, adapting the assignments was
not difficult. What was more difficult was migrating readings and lecture content from face-toface to online-only instruction. With the addition of Credo Instruct! videos and tutorials, existing
lectures were modified, recorded, and posted in print and video formats for students to access.
In lieu of one required textbook, students were assigned chapters from various composition
textbooks, information literacy guides, handbooks on media literacy, and journal articles. The
intent of the course is to provide students with sufficient time to see information literacy skills
modeled, read about or hear them explained from a practical and theoretical perspective, and
engage in active learning strategies to cultivate mastery.
25
WINEBURG, S. et al.: Evaluating Information: The Cornerstone of Civic Online Reasoning. [online]. [202004-09]. Available at: <https://stacks.stanford.edu/file/druid:fv751yt5934/SHEG%20Evaluating%20
Information%20Online.pdf>.
page 12
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Another librarian’s approach to the course is, for the most part, self-paced, and students
complete assessments to measure retention in addition to assignments requiring them to both
demonstrate mastery of the more procedural aspects of information literacy and evaluate the
information they locate. These readings and tasks support the learning outcomes related to
identifying appropriate databases and resources, using logical reasoning, and applying different
search strategies as needed for those resources and the topic.
The course is divided into eleven modules over sixteen weeks. Students begin, in the first
six modules, with the basic definitions, processes, and procedures involved in research. They
learn the vocabulary associated with information literacy; they learn a little about computer
operations and indexing; and they learn a lot about organization. Despite the perception that
digital natives have a better understanding of how to use technology, this content is sometimes
difficult for students to digest because they often think of research as a single transaction.26
Information literacy instruction is fraught with obstacles like this: students want or settle for
what is found quickly, easily accessible, and not too difficult (or too long) to read.27 While, at
this point, students are not required to read and evaluate the information they locate, they
are required to refine and repeat their searches in different venues to gather as many diverse
sources as possible.
Once students build confidence in their ability to search for and retrieve information, they
move to the more conceptual issues associated with evaluation of sources. This is where students
begin to apply aspects of both information and media literacy. Within the confines of information
literacy, students research the author’s affiliation, expertise, and previous publications. They
investigate the publication: its publisher, editorial board, and affiliated associations. They also
evaluate the information objects for currency, accuracy, and reliability of the cited sources.
Students in familiarized with the concepts of authority, bias, and peer-review. Within the context
of media literacy, students investigate the information object in the context of the author’s
experience, goals, agenda, and/or purpose.
In a typical one-shot instruction session, these concepts are explained in less than 30
minutes and, if time permits, students have the opportunity to evaluate an artifact they found
themselves. Though more typically, students follow along with their instructors as the process
of evaluation is demonstrated to the class live or via tutorial. In one-shot instruction, this aspect
of information literacy is still procedural. In a term-long course, this instruction takes place in
the course of a week or two with exercises in choosing and evaluating multiple information
resources for author credibility, reputation of the publication, and the quality of the sources
cited in the work, among other concepts.
Another advantage to providing longer term information literacy is the time devoted to
exploring information in different formats. This specifically draws from media literacy as students
are introduced to the concept of different formats for different messages or intent. For instance,
blog and social media posts are very different from news broadcasts or newspaper articles,
though they are both often used to disseminate the news. Discussing the different use cases for
each format, and the implications of such, can be done in a one- or two-week unit on information
sources where it would likely be glossed over or omitted from one-shot instruction. In classes
where writing and crafting an argument are important, the teaching faculty may well provide
that context, but in an upper division course, it is more likely that students will be limited to
the use of scholarly and/or peer-reviewed books and articles. Such limits may be necessary to
teach students about scholarship, but they do not teach students how to apply critical thinking
to media consumption outside the academy.
26
27
KIVILUOTO, J.: Information Literacy and Diginatives: Expanding the Role of Academic Libraries. In
International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions, 2015, Vol. 41, No. 4, p. 309-310.
VAN DE VORD, R.: Distance Students and Online Research: Promoting Information Literacy through Media
Literacy. In Internet and Higher Education, 2010, Vol. 13, No. 3, p. 171.
Studies
page 13
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
The real challenge in information and media literacy instruction is conveying to students
the implications for ethics in information use and creation. In an information literacy one-shot
session, students may be reminded to cite their sources or to only use the resources from the
library, but the larger discussion of why is avoided out of a lack of time. In this version of the
general studies course, two modules are dedicated to information ethics in the academy and in
everyday life. This may be the only time outside a communications, sociology, or political science
class where students are schooled in the implications of their own personal communication
and consumption of media.
In the unit on information ethics in the academy, students are provided with content related
to ethics, intellectual property and copyright concerns, and the campus academic integrity policy.
Students review this content and are assigned readings related to violations in professional
ethics in the news. Students are asked to evaluate the violation, usually cases of plagiarism or
fabricated data, based upon the following criteria:
• How does the context of the information change once you know it is plagiarized or
fabricated?
• What could happen to information consumers who do not know the information is
plagiarized or fabricated?
• What were some of the consequences for these behaviours?
• How many people do you think plagiarize or fabricate data often?
• What are some of the motivations for plagiarizing or fabricating data?
• Are there situations where these activities are acceptable? Explain.
• Why do you think people are so concerned about these issues?
• How do issues like these apply to education?
• How do issues like these apply in everyday life?
In a face to face seminar, these questions would be part of an ongoing dialogue amongst
the class. In the online environment, these questions can be answered individually or via a
discussion board. In a one-shot instruction session, unless this was the only topic of discussion,
this level of analysis does not happen. In terms of reinforcing basic skills across the curriculum
and over time, this is one of the more contentious issues in the academy. In their 2015 article,
Kashian, Cruz, Jang, and Silk report, „[s]tudents need more instruction on plagiarism and
seem to appreciate it when they receive it.“28 If faculty librarians teach information acquisition,
evaluation, and citation, it stands to reason that responsible use of that information should also
be a talking point. In the context of media literacy, the creation of information is just as important
at the use and interpretation of information. Media literacy focuses on the intent, subtext, and
implications of the medium and the message; this also includes the ethical conditions under
which the information was created and used. It illustrates the power structure and agenda
setting inherent in communication.
The last content module of the course focuses on the ethical use of information in everyday
life. Students are asked to read reports on the creation and effects of fake news. They are
provided social media examples of fake news, bias, misinformation, and satire. With the criteria
they learned to apply to information for academic purposes, students are asked to evaluate
these information objects they would normally encounter in their daily lives. Upon evaluating
the objects, students are asked to consider, and respond, how accepting and/or sharing this
information might affect themselves and others. Students are taught to fact check non-academic
information with the hope that this level of self-reflection and agency will deepen their awareness,
and even skepticism, of the encoded messages in the media they consume daily. This last
28
KASHIAN, N. et al.: Evaluation of an Instructional Activity to Reduce Plagiarism in the Communication
Classroom. In Journal of Academic Ethics, 2015, Vol. 13, No. 3, p. 252.
page 14
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
module is meant to address the issues of social justice, informed citizenry, and democracy
that are so ingrained in media and cultural studies. Without the time and platform to explore
these forms of media in opposition to media created for academic or research purposes, most
students would not encounter these critical literacies outside a communications or social
science classroom.
4. Discussion of Limits in Instruction
There is no argument that information and media literacy are important to student success
in or out of the academy. However, at CSUB, there is no general education requirement for
coursework in information or media literacy. It is required that faculties integrate the concepts
of these skill sets into their own curriculum. While this does support the reinforcement of these
skills, it remains undetermined how many faculties actually orient students to the skill sets in
the first place. When librarians are consulted to provide instruction, it is often as a result of the
students demonstrating to faculties that they do not have these skills, i.e. students are unable
to select, evaluate, and synthesize appropriate information for the required assignment. The
time allocated to the librarian, is insufficient to introduce students to the necessary skill sets
and for them to develop mastery. In tandem, not all disciplines integrate library instruction, so
students receive inconsistent training in developing these critical literacy skills.
5. Conclusion and Future Research
At CSUB, the librarians recognize the need for further integration of research and evaluation
skills. The unit has developed successful relationships with several departments, across the
university. Librarians regularly participate in teaching and learning activities with various campus
institutes and centres to better hone their teaching skills but also to make teaching faculties
aware of the skills sets and services the library faculty provides with regards to instruction.
To better serve the whole campus population, the library needs to investigate developing its
own learning community to draw together faculties from all disciplines in defining a single
set of information and media literacy competencies outside of each discipline’s professional
guidelines so students receive consistent messages about information consumption. To further
facilitate consistency, the library is also investigating other methods for delivering subjectspecific information literacy instruction to students, for elective credit.
Bibliography and sources
ACRL History. [online]. [2020-04-05]. Available at: <http://www.ala.org/acrl/aboutacrl/history/
history>.
BAYLEN, D., D’ALBA, A. (eds.): Essentials of Teaching and Integrating Visual and Media Literacy:
Visualizing Learning. Cham, New York : Springer International Publishing Switzerland, 2015.
CHRIST, W.: Assessment, Media Literacy Standards, and Higher Education. In American
Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 92 - 96. ISSN 0002-7642.
FLEMING, J.: Media Literacy, News Literacy, or News Appreciation? A case Study of the News
Literacy Program at Stony Brook University. In Journalism and Mass Communication Editor,
2014, Vol. 69, No. 2, p. 146-165. ISSN 2161-4326.
Framework for Information Literacy for Higher Education. [online]. [2020-04-05]. Available at:
<http://www.ala.org/acrl/standards/ilframework>.
Studies
page 15
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
HAMMER, R.: Critical Media Literacy as Engaged Pedagogy. In E-Learning and Digital Media,
2011, Vol. 8, No. 4, p. 357-363. ISSN 2042-7530.
HERAKOVA, L. et al.: Centering Information Literacy (as) Skills and Civic Engagement in the Basic
Communication Course: An Integrated Course Library Collaboration. In Basic Communication
Course Annual, 2017, Vol. 29, No. 1, p. 1-13. ISSN 2473-4004. [online]. [2020-04-05]. Available
at: <https://ecommons.udayton.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1520&context=bcca>.
HOBBS, R.: Improving Reading Comprehension by Using Media Literacy Activities. In Voices
from the Middle, 2001, Vol. 8, No. 4, p. 44-50. ISSN 1074-4762.
HOBBS, R.: The State of Media Literacy: A Response to Potter. In Journal of Broadcasting and
Electronic Media, 2011, Vol. 55, No. 3, p. 419-430. ISSN 0883-8151.
JONES-JANG, S. et al.: Does Media Literacy Help Identification of Fake News? Information
Literacy Helps, but Other Literacies Don’t. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2019, Vol. 68, p.
1-18. ISSN 1552-3381.
KASHIAN, N. et al.: Evaluation of an Instructional Activity to Reduce Plagiarism in the
Communication Classroom. In Journal of Academic Ethics, 2015, Vol. 13, No. 3, p. 239-258.
ISSN 1570-1727.
KELLNER, D., SHARE, J.: Critical Media Literacy: Crucial Policy Choices for a Twenty-FirstCentury Democracy. In Policy Futures in Education, 2007, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 59-69. ISSN 14782103.
KIVILUOTO, J.: Information Literacy and Diginatives: Expanding the Role of Academic Libraries.
In International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions, 2015, Vol. 41, No. 4, p.
308-316. ISSN 0340-0352.
LUKE, C.: As Seen on TV or Was that My Phone? New Media Literacy. In Policy Futures in
Education, 2007, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 50-58. ISSN 1478-2103.
MAKSL, A. et al.: The Usefulness of a News Media Literacy Curriculum. In Journalism and Mass
Communications Educator, 2017, Vol. 72, No. 2, p. 228-241. ISSN 2161-4326.
POTTER, W.: The State of Media Literacy. In Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media,
2010, Vol. 54, No. 4, p. 675-696. ISSN 0883-8151.
ROGOW, F.: Shifting from Media to Literacy. In American Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48,
No. 1, p. 30 - 34. ISSN 0002-7642.
THOMAN, E., JOLLS, T.: Media Literacy-A National Priority for a Changing World. In American
Behavioral Scientist, 2004, Vol. 48, No. 1, p. 18-29. ISSN 0002-7642.
VAN DE VORD, R.: Distance Students and Online Research: Promoting Information Literacy
through Media Literacy. In Internet and Higher Education, 2010, Vol. 13, p. 170-175. ISSN
1096-7516.
VRAGA, E., TULLY, M.: Effectiveness of a Non-Classroom Media Literacy Intervention Among
Different Undergraduate Populations. In Journalism and Mass Communication Editor, 2016,
Vol. 71, No. 4, p. 440-452. ISSN 2161-4326.
WINEBURG, S. et al.: Evaluating Information: The Cornerstone of Civic Online Reasoning. [online].
[2020-04-09]. Available at: <https://stacks.stanford.edu/file/druid:fv751yt5934/SHEG%20
Evaluating%20Information%20Online.pdf>.
page 16
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Authors
Amanda Grombly, M.A., M.L.I.S.
California State University,
Walter W. Stiern Library,
Mail Stop: 60 Lib, 9001 Stockdale Highway,
Bakersfield, CA 93311-1022,
USA
agrombly@csub.edu
Amanda Grombly, Senior Assistant Librarian and Coordinator of Collection Development and Management
at the Walter Stiern Library, received her Master’s of Arts Degree in English from California State University,
Bakersfield in 2007 and her Master’s of Library and Information Science from San Jose State University in
2011. She has been a librarian at CSUB since 2015. From 2012 to 2015, she served as Electronic Resources
Librarian and Branch Manager at the Visalia Branch of the Tulare County Library.
Andrea M. Anderson, M.L.I.S.
California State University,
Walter W. Stiern Library,
Mail Stop: 60 Lib, 9001 Stockdale Highway,
Bakersfield, CA 93311-1022,
USA
aanderson17@csub.edu
Andrea Anderson is a Senior Assistant Librarian and Coordinator of Library Instruction and First-Year-Experience
at the Walter W. Stiern Library. She earned her bachelor’s degree in History from California State University,
Bakersfield in 2012 and her writing and research interests moved her to pursue a graduate degree in library
science. In 2015, Andrea earned her Master’s of Library and Information Science from San Jose State
University and began her career as a librarian at CSUB in 2016. As the Library Instruction Coordinator, Andrea
has a deep interest and passion for the development of information literacy skills in students.
Studies
page 17
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Dominik Mičuda
Viera Kačinová
The Topic Of Media-Disseminated
Mis-Information And Dis-Information
As An Integral Part Of General
Education In Slovakia
ABSTRACT
The occurrence and spreading of online mis-information and dis-information is a phenomenon
that adversely affects various areas of social and political life on a global scale. At the transnational
(especially European) level, regulatory mechanisms are currently being sought, which would
be able to limit their occurrence or easy distribution through online space - or possibly to
enable an individual to build up a defence against their influence. Defensive instruments are
designed specifically at the educational level. In Slovakia, the issue is currently being given
more attention in the context of school education in connection with initiatives of the teachers
and institutions that create educational projects and campaigns as well as methodological tools
for the implementation of the topic in education (cf. Kačinová, 2018). However, these should be
supported by a compulsory curriculum, specific educational topics and educational objectives.
The present study examines the situation in Slovakia with focus on the lower secondary and
upper (complete) secondary general education.
KEY WORDS
Mis-Information. Dis-Information. Fake news. Information Disorder. Media and Information
literacy. Complete secondary general education. Learning standards. National Educational
Programme. Slovak school.
page 18
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
The current extent of dissemination of media (online) content representing reduced quality of
information at the level of false information and the degree of its individual as well as social impact
has resulted in international strategic initiatives aimed not only at regulating the problem but also
at developing appropriate measures.1 A conceptual framework for typologizing false content
disseminated via social networks was introduced in the Council of Europe’s Information
Disorder Report of November 2017. It contains the concept of the so-called Information Disorder
and specification of their three basic categories:
a) Mis-Information. Information that is false, but not created with the intention of causing harm;
it is also false information that is disseminated, but not with the intention of causing harm;
b) Dis-Information. Information that is false and deliberately created to harm a person, social
group, organization or country; it is also false information that is deliberately disseminated
to cause harm;
c) Mal-Information. Information that is based on reality, used to inflict harm on a person,
organization or country; it is also the dissemination of genuine information that causes
harm, often by publishing information of a private nature.2
FIGURE 1: A model of three types of the so-called information disorder according to Warldle
Source: WARDLE, C., DERAKHSHAN, H.: Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research and policy
making. Strasbourg : Council of Europe, 2017, p. 20.
This model attempts to show the intersection of the individual types of information
disorder around the concepts of falseness and harm. It includes some types of hate speech
and harassment under the mal-information category, as people can be targeted using real
information (for example targeting someone based on their religion) to cause harm.3 In terms
of the occurrence of the individual types of false information and content („fake news“,
hoaxes, conspiracy theories), the intersection can be perceived especially between the first
1
2
3
Compare to: HOSSOVÁ, M.: Fake News and Disinformation: Phenomenons of Post-Factual Society. In
Media Literacy and Academic Research, 2018, Vol. 1, No. 2, p. 27-35.
WARDLE, C., DERAKHSHAN, H.: Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research
and policy making. Strasbourg : Council of Europe, 2017, p. 20.
WARDLE, C., DERAKHSHAN, H.: Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research
and policy making. Strasbourg : Council of Europe, 2017, p. 20.
Studies
page 19
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
two categories. At the same time, the authors of the study suggest a relation between the third
type of information disorder and the first two categories.4 Also the so-called misleading content
which, in the light of the above typology, is classified in the first category, should be classified
in the category of dis-information if there is the intention of the creator or disseminator to cause
harm. A more precise enumeration of the different types of mis-information and dis-information
circulating in the information ecosystem is presented in the First Draft approach5.
FIGURE 2: Types of Mis-and Disinformation according to Warldle
Source: WARDLE, C., DERAKHSHAN, H.: Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research and policy
making. Strasbourg : Council of Europe, 2017, p. 20.
In view of the impact and damage caused, there is a particular threat of disinformation,
which is the umbrella concept for types of intentionally created or disseminated content lacking
information quality and of a detrimental nature. According to P. Nutil, the concept refers to
deceptive, misleading, false information intended to influence the judgment and opinion of
an individual, multiple persons or the whole of society. In terms of meaning, it coincides with
„fake news“, some hoaxes or conspiracies.6 Distinguishing disinformation from other types of
similar unreliable information is well reflected in the definition of the Communication from the
European Commission Tackling online disinformation: a European approach COM (2018) 236
of 26. 4. 2018. In this document, disinformation is understood „as verifiably false or misleading
information that is created, presented and disseminated for economic gain or to intentionally
deceive the public, and may cause public harm. Public harm comprises threats to democratic
political and policymaking processes as well as public goods such as the protection of EU
citizens’ health, the environment or security. Disinformation does not include reporting errors,
satire and parody, or clearly identified partisan news and commentary.“7
4
5
6
7
WARDLE, C., DERAKHSHAN, H.: Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework for research
and policy making. Strasbourg : Council of Europe, 2017, p. 21.
WARDLE, C.: Fake news. It’s complicated. [online]. [2019-02-27]. Available at: <https://firstdraftnews.
org/fake-news-complicated/>.
NUTIL, P.: Médiá, lži a příliš rychlý mozek: Průvodce postpravdivým světem. Praha : Grada, 2018, p. 18.
European Commission. Tackling online disinformation: a European Approach. Communication from the
Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and
the Committee of the Regions. [online]. [2019-02-20]. Available at: <https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/
EN/TXT/?qid=1585378190912&uri=CELEX:52018DC0236>.
page 20
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Eliminating the causes of the massive spread of online information disorder substantially
relates to the need to develop specific educational measures at the educational level for both
professional media content creators and their users.8 In a particular way, it is covered by
the concept of MIL (UNESCO). This holistic concept, cumulating several types of literacy or
competences related to information and media, within the context of this topic, includes in
particular:
a) Competent work with information and media resources - access, analysis, critical evaluation,
production and use of information and its communication (especially in the media and
through the media) – these are the basic qualities contained in most MIL (UNESCO)
definition approaches.9;
b) Journalistic literacy (includes literacy in the field of journalistic professional and ethical
standards, especially understanding of language and reporting conventions as a genre,
recognizing how they can be misused for harmful purposes; recognizing and distinguishing
quality journalism from pseudo-journalism (dubious quality information), the ability to
recognize and resist manipulation in relation to disinformation presented as reports).10;
c) Human rights literacy (right to freedom of expression, right of everyone to seek, receive
and impart information and ideas; use information, media and technology to defend human
rights in their diversity, strengthen intercultural and inter-religious dialogue, defend privacy
and combating all forms of inequality, hatred, intolerance, violence and extremism).11
The application of effective educational strategies to confront phenomena such as „fake
news“ or hoaxes relates to the development of focal target dimensions of media literacy or
media competence, especially the ability to recognize and evaluate media content:
- Masterful orientation in various written and spoken communications, along with the
ability to quickly distinguish essential factual information from an „information ballast“;
- Recognition of hidden meanings, manipulation techniques, inaccurate, incomplete
information, statements;
- Distinguishing a serious, verified message/statement from a subjective, non-factual
communication12;
- Evaluating the communication intent of media statements, associating them with other
statements.13
The development of the ability to differentiate information according to the quality and
identification of mis-information and dis-information in symbiosis with an understanding of
the socio-ethical contexts of the occurrence and impact of information disorder is becoming
8
9
10
11
12
13
Compare to: Directorate-General for Communications Networks, Content and Technology. (European
Commision). A multi-dimensional approach to disinformation : Report of the independent High level Group
on fake news and online disinfsional approach to disinformation. Luxembourg : European Union, 2018.;
IRETON, CH., POSETTI, J. et. al.: Journalism, ‘Fake News’ & Disinformation : Handbook for Journalism
Education and Training. [online]. Paris : UNESCO, 2018.
HOPE CULVER, S., GRIZZLE, A.: Survey on Privacy in Media and Information Literacy with Youth Perspectives.
Paris : UNESCO, 2017. [online]. [2019-04-01]. Available at: <https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/
pf0000258993>.
Compare to: IRETON, CH., POSETTI, J. et. al.: Journalism, ‘Fake News’ & Disinformation : Handbook for
Journalism Education and Training. Paris : UNESCO, 2018.
GRIZZLE, A., SINGH, J.: Five Laws of Media and Information Literacy as Harbingers of Human Rights:
A Legacy of Ranganathan’s Five Laws of Library Science. In SINGH, J., KERR, P. et al. (eds.): MILID
Yearbook 2016. Media and Information Literacy: Enabling Human Rights, Countering, Hate, Radical and
Violent Extremism. Paris : UNESCO, 2016, p. 24-39. [online]. [2019-04-01]. Available at: <https://unesdoc.
unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000246371>.
NIKLESOVÁ, E.: Mediální gramotnost a mediální výchova. České Budějovice : Vlastimil Johanus, 2010, p.
24.
MIČIENKA, M., JIRÁK, J. a kol.: Základy mediální výchovy. Praha : Portál, 2007, p. 9.
Studies
page 21
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
an important part of media education or journalistic alphabetization models. Pérez Tornero et
al. define two basic models:
a) The instrumental model which is based solely on learning about the technical differences
between false reports and verified journalistic information.
b) A model that is more closely linked to the problem of creating a democratic society and
respect for human rights.14
The first model preferably includes the development of knowledge, abilities and skills
related to the differentiation of fact, false report and „alternative fact“ (or understanding of the
mechanisms of their dissemination) and is centred on the epistemological values of truth and
falsity. In the context of the complexity of the problems related to the occurrence and spread
of online disinformation, this mechanistic model seems inadequate. Although in the context
of the first instrumental model based on the aforementioned concept the development of an
individual´s qualities related to the technical aspect of distinguishing true and false reports on
the Internet prevails, the model can be perceived more comprehensively. It regards the need
to develop media competence in learners who should also have a certain level of philosophical
(epistemological) understanding of the problem, centred specifically on the problem of mediapresented truth in relation to objective truth.15 The second, more complex model, puts media
education processes in the broader context of defending social interest and is centred on
the sustainability of social values, or values of humanism, human rights and democracy.
However, the above-mentioned need to reconstruct the factual dimension of discourses and
journalistic information remains essential in this model.16 In the context of the second model,
the development of media literacy is linked to the formation of the historical, civic, and ethical
awareness of the individual. It concerns the development of qualities such as:
- To learn to identify dis-information supporting prejudices and not respecting the cultural
differences of persons belonging to different minorities (especially Roma, immigrants),
but also denying the universal validity of human rights and critically reflect on their
consequences; at the same time it is necessary to develop value attitudes in the individual
such as understanding, solidarity, respect, empathy, etc.;
- To know and understand to what extent certain disinformation campaigns are or may
be aimed at discrediting international institutions (EU, NATO), countries (USA, Russia),
aimed at challenging the existence and functioning of a democratic establishment, the
validity of democratic values and anti-system-oriented; at the same time, learning to
recognize the importance of core political institutions and concepts;
- To understand that certain historical events are a constant subject of conspiracy, at the
same time to learn facts about historical phenomena, as well as to understand that there
may not always be clear and definitive interpretations of them.17
14
15
16
17
PÉREZ TORNERO, J. M. et al.: ¿Cómo afrontar las noticias falseadas mediante la alfabetización periodística?
Estado de la cuestión. In Doxa Comunicación, 2018, Vol. 2, No. 26, p. 228. [online]. [2019-02-20]. Available
at: <http://dspace.ceu.es/bitstream/10637/9499/1/Como_JMPerez%26SSamy%26STejedor%26CPulido
_Doxa_ Comuni_2018.pdf>.
Compare to: GÁLIKOVÁ-TOLNAIOVÁ, S.: Media and Truth in the Perspective of the Practice and Life
Form of the Modern „Homo Medialis“. In Communication Today, 2019, Vol. 10, No. 1, p. 4-19.; FEDOROV,
A., LEVITSKAYA, A.: Comparative Analysis of the Indicators’ Levels of Students’ Media Competence
Development in the Control and Experimental Groups. In International Journal of Media and Information
Literacy, 2017, Vol. 2, No. 1, p. 16-37.
PÉREZ TORNERO, J. M. et al.: ¿Cómo afrontar las noticias falseadas mediante la alfabetización periodística?
Estado de la cuestión. In Doxa Comunicación, 2018, Vol. 2, No. 26, p. 228. [online]. [2019-02-20]. Available
at: <http://dspace.ceu.es/bitstream/10637/9499/1/Como_JMPerez%26SSamy%26STejedor%26CPulido
_Doxa_ Comuni_2018.pdf>.
KAČINOVÁ, V.: Fenomén „fake news“, hoaxov a konšpiračných teórií v kontexte mediálnej výchovy. Trnava :
FMK UCM, 2019, p. 71.
page 22
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
2. Objective and methodology of research
Based on the need to develop resistance mechanisms of the individual to various types of
information disorder as part of an action plan to address the dissemination and impact of
online dis-information in EU countries, especially at school education level18, our research
aimed to determine the level of implementation of the topic in compulsory school education
in Slovakia. We focused on lower and upper secondary education, which we consider to be
central to the topic.
The research problem was specified in the form of the following research questions:
RQ 1 In which selected educational areas or subjects at the lower and upper level of general
secondary education is the topic of mis-information and dis-information integrated?
RQ 2 How are the individual focal objectives of developing media literacy (MIL), in the intersection
with the topic of mis-information and dis-information, incorporated into the compulsory subjects
of the lower and upper secondary education?
The methodological tool was a qualitative content analysis of the learning (performance
and content) standards of selected compulsory subjects in the educational areas as part of
the National Educational Programmes for lower secondary education and upper secondary
education providing complete secondary general education.19
The following educational areas and subjects were selected as focal in the intersection
with the topic:
- Language and communication (Slovak language and literature);
- Mathematics and Information Work (Informatics);
- Man and society (History, Civics);
- Man and values (Ethical Education, Religious Education /Religion – Catholic Church);
- The recommended target outcomes of the cross-curricular topic of media education
for lower and upper secondary education.
The analytical categories of the content analysis were specified according to the abovementioned focal categories of information disorder (mis-information, dis-information), the focal
objectives of media literacy and MIL concept or journalistic alphabetization models.
3. Results
The issue of dis-information, false reports and hoaxes as a separate educational topic is new
and not anchored in the content of compulsory school education in Slovakia. The analysis of
curricular documents - innovated learning standards for compulsory subjects at lower and
upper secondary level (the second grade of primary schools and grammar school - complete
secondary general education) implies that its title is not explicitly mentioned in any thematic unit
of the focal subjects. However, it can be implicitly identified primarily within the framework of
the required development of pupils’ ability to distinguish and assess the veracity of information
resources, especially media sources. The development of these skills is required for pupils in
the teaching of several subjects in educational areas. At the same time, the selected subjects
contain further focal objectives overlapping with the topic.
18
19
E.g. „Council conclusions of 30 May 2016 on developing media literacy and critical thinking through education
and training (2016/C 212/05), 2016; Tackling online disinformation: a European Approach, 2018.“
These documents are the core curriculum documents setting out the compulsory content of school
education at the various levels of education.
Studies
page 23
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Educational area: Language and Communication
Slovak language and literature
Within the application of cross-subject competences to receive and process information and
to think critically at grammar school, the pupils should be able to „assess the credibility /
reliability / relevance of the information sources on the basis of which the text was created“ or
„perceive the problems raised by the text and to identify the errors and contradictions contained
in the text“ as well as „to infer from the text information which does not appear directly in it but
results from it“, i. e. „critically read the texts“.20 At the same time, within the development of
communication language competences, pupils acquire knowledge of the journalistic style typical
of mass-media production in comparison with other language styles (educational, administrative,
speaking, colloquial).21
Educational area: Mathematics and information work
Informatics
The subject covered by the educational area is crucial in that area. In addition to developing
the technical skills of working with new technologies, it focuses on using the Internet as a tool
for gathering relevant information, which includes developing a reflective and assessment
approach of pupils to the sources of information obtained, also in relation to the detection
of potential manipulative elements. At grammar school, within the thematic unit Information
Society - Security and Risks, the ability of pupils to „evaluate the credibility of information on the
Web“22 is developed. At the same time, in the thematic unit Communication and Cooperation
- Web Search the pupil learns to „evaluate search (e.g. accuracy and quality of the searched
information ...).“23 However, the topic of assessing the quality and credibility of information
on the web is already addressed to pupils in primary schools. Within the subject, they also
learn to develop their analytical and evaluation thinking in information work. In the 6th year,
within the scope of the curriculum of Algorithmic problem solving - problem analysis, the pupil
should be able to „decide the truth/falseness of a statement, to choose elements or options
according to the truth of the statement, to describe the relationship between information in their
own words, to give a counterexample in which something does not apply“.24 In the same year,
within the thematic unit Communication and Cooperation - Working with Websites, they learn
to „assess the purpose of the website“.25 The pupils leaving the 8th year, within the thematic
unit Communication and Cooperation - Web Search, similarly to grammar school, should be
able to „find different types of information on the Web, assess the accuracy and quality of
theinformation found“.26 Within the thematic unit Communication and Cooperation - Working
with Communication Tools in the 6th year, pupils are required to acquire procedural knowledge
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Slovenský jazyk a literatúra – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací
štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.
statpedu.sk/files/sk/svp/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/inovovany-svp-gymnazia-so-stvorrocnympatrocnym-vzdelavacim-programom/jazyk-komunikacia/slovensky_jazyk_a_literatura_g_4_5_r_novy.pdf>.
Slovenský jazyk a literatura – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací
program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/
inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/sjl_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Informatika – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací štandard.
Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/
articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/informatika_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Ibid.
Informatika - nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/informatika_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Ibid.
Ibid.
page 24
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
to follow the rules of netiquette27, which also implies the way of dealing with problematic online
content. Similarly to grammar school, the thematic units Information Society - Security and
Risks, Information Society - Digital Technologies in Society are specified in the 6th and 8th
grades as focal in terms of the relevance of the issue. After their completion, pupils should
be able to, for example, „discuss the risks on the Internet“ (know the risks on the Internet and
social networks)…, „discuss the credibility of information on the Web…“28
Educational field: Man and society
History
Primary and secondary school pupils learn to search for and use various sources and media
resources to obtain relevant information about historical facts (e.g. newspapers, magazines,
websites) that they also learn to verify. They learn to distinguish fact and fiction, critically
evaluate various sources of information, for example, multiple websites on a single topic.29
Pupils are required to ask adequate questions about historical facts in working with different
sources of information, a certain research approach that creates the basic prerequisite for
knowing and understanding the facts. The above-mentioned as well as media resources thus
become instruments of cognition, understanding, exploration of history and historical events,
phenomena and processes. The subject enables understanding the essence of the historical
facts which become objects of dis-information or conspiracy. It also involves cultivating the
pupils’ historical consciousness „which reflects respect for other nations and ethnicities, as well
as respect for cultural and other differences, people, different diversified groups and communities.
It thus contributes to the development of the value scale of a democratic society. It also attaches
importance to the democratic values of European civilization“.30 Undermining and relativising
these values are among the main objectives of disinformation campaigns .31
The subject of history, in particular, offers space for processing the educational topic in the
classroom. The teaching should be aimed at developing pupils’ ability to understand the breadth
and importance of the influence of media on various aspects of the individual’s social and life
reality that they complete. They should be able to recognize, interpret and critically evaluate
the influence of media on the construction as well as the configuration of areas of reality or
history, including through the creation and communication of pseudo-facts, dis-information
or myths. The starting point is a critical study, analysis and comparison of various information
sources with the presented social as well as historical events.32
27
28
29
30
31
32
Informatika - nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/informatika_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Informatika – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/informatika_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Dejepis - nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online].
[2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/dejepis_nsv_2014.pdf>. cf. Dejepis – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným
vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2020-0315]. Available at: <http://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/
dejepis_g_4_5_r.pd>.
Dejepis – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný
štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2020-03-15]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/
dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/dejepis_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
KOVANIČ, M.: Dezinformácie a výučba informačnej gramotnosti na slovenských stredných školách.
Bratislava : Inštitút strategických politík n.o., 2018, p. 18.
KAČINOVÁ, V.: Hoaxy, fake news – problémové oblasti a metodické nástroje spracovania edukačnej témy
v procese mediálnej výchovy. In BUČKOVÁ, Z., RUSŇÁKOVÁ, L., RYBANSKÝ, R. et al. (eds.): Megatrendy
a médiá 2018. Realita & mediálne bubliny. Trnava : FMK UCM, 2018, p. 41.
Studies
page 25
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Civics
Another important subject in the content of which it is desirable to explicitly include the topic,
but in the context of the required compulsory content of teaching at Slovak schools it is currently
only implicitly implemented, is Civics. Currently, however, teaching the subject at both levels
creates wider conditions for assimilating the educational theme by encouraging the development
of pupils’ cognitive activities in the form of exploratory learning and encouraging the search,
exploration, discovery as a prerequisite for cognition and understanding of the present time33,
including acquiring awareness of the functioning of national and transnational units (the European
Union) and their institutions or basic concepts of state and law. The main objectives of the
subject are to teach pupils to think and act democratically, recognize the basic principles of
democracy, recognize their rights and obligations and defend the rights of others, acquire the
rules and standards of social coexistence, take responsibility for one’s own views, attitudes
and consequences of action, build a tolerant approach to other views, attitudes, values and
cultures as well as lead them to active civic engagement, one of the important preconditions
of which is critical thinking.34 The thematic unit Human Rights and Freedoms is particularly
important in elementary school education, in which they learn to „recognize the manifestations
of discrimination in specific situations“35 and acquire knowledge of the concepts of human rights
and freedoms, prejudices, discrimination. At grammar school, students acquire knowledge
of similar issues (including the topic of extremism) within the thematic units Citizen and the
State and Man and Society. In addition, students of grammar schools deal with, within the
framework of acquiring the categorical conceptual apparatus of philosophy and the development
of philosophical reasoning, epistemology and its problem areas (especially the objectivity of
knowledge).36 The application of these issues to current social problems, which inherently
includes the field of online mis-information and dis-information, is a logical result of educational
intentions. At the same time, a supplementary analysis of the issue at the level of complete
secondary vocational education37 shows that students learn to seek information about global
problems and to evaluate them objectively as well as to distinguish facts from myths.38 The
learning standards thus specifically identify the issue of the spread of myths in the context
of various global topics in today’s world, so it can be stated that it explicitly responds to the
spread of dis-information (although the term is not used in the standards).39
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Občianska náuka – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/obcianska-nauka_nsv_2014.pdf>; cf. Občianska náuka – gymnázium so štvorročným
a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online].
[2019-11-30]. Available at: <http://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaciprogram/obcianska_nauka _g_4 _5_r.pdf>.
Ibid.
Občianska náuka – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/obcianska-nauka_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Občianska náuka – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací štandard.
Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/
articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/obcianska_nauka_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
It is one of several forms of secondary vocational education taking place in secondary vocational schools,
which represent a parallel system to secondary general education at grammar schools. This education
system has a similar concept to that of grammar schools in general education subjects, but the content
is reduced, in some areas modified, as in this case. Overall, however, the content of education is similar
in the researched area, as evidenced by the analysis of the author. See: KOVANIČ, M.: Dezinformácie
a výučba informačnej gramotnosti na slovenských stredných školách. Bratislava : Inštitút strategických
politík n.o., 2018, p. 21.
Občianska náuka. Vzdelávací štandard pre študijné odbory, ktorých absolvovaním žiak získa úplné stredné
odborné vzdelanie. [online]. [2019-05-08]. Available at: <http://siov.sk/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/
obcianska_nauka_USOV.pdf>.
Compare to: KOVANIČ, M.: Dezinformácie a výučba informačnej gramotnosti na slovenských stredných
školách. Bratislava : Inštitút strategických politík n.o., 2018, p. 21.
page 26
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Educational area: Man and values
At both levels of education, the compulsorily optional subject of Ethical Education supports the
issue especially in the development of literacy in the area of awareness raising and personality
prerequisites for respecting human rights. Its aim is to „educate a personality with his/her
own identity and value orientation, in which respect for man, life and nature, cooperation
and prosociality occupy an important place“.40 In particular, the development of prosociality,
which is at the heart of the ethics of interpersonal relationships, with the value dimension of
mutual human understanding and coexistence, i. e. human sympathy and humanity 41, but also
the acquisition of other ethical values and standards of behaviour and the development of
communication and social skills42 create a more general personality basis for confronting the
problem of the occurrence and dissemination of mis-information and dis-information. Similarly,
another compulsorily optional subject is Catholic Religious Education, the role of which is,
inter alia, to „promote the value orientation of pupils so as to benefit their personal and social
development“.43 Religious education helps develop the key competences (learning, problemsolving, communication, social and interpersonal and existential) of pupils.44 It is also „education
for responsibility for one’s own actions, teaches pupils to think critically, not to be manipulated
or to be manipulators, to understand one’s own actions and the actions of others in the context
of different life situations“.45 The overall contribution of ethical education as well as religious
education can be perceived at the prevention level by forming the human qualities of the subject
as a communicator of online information content. It implies a dimension of an awareness of a
sense of responsibility and the practice of responsible individual behaviour in the online space
in relation to others who may be negatively affected by the dissemination of false content.
In particular, school education creates the prerequisites for effectively combating the
phenomenon of dis-information in the context of media education, which is defined as a
compulsory cross-curricular topic of the subjects at both levels of education through all the
focal objectives. The issue is indirectly implicated in the so-called expected outcomes of media
education as a cross- curricular topic, which define the requirements for pupils’ performance
according to the level of education. For example, a grammar school student should be able to
„create a critical analysis of a selected media case, a report from several sources - domestic and
foreign (method of processing, hidden interests in various sources ...).“46 At the end of the 9th
year he/she should be able to „describe the benefits and risks of the Internet, especially social
networks and formulate possibilities, principles of safer use of new technologies;... accept ethical
aspects in the use of media - netiquette“and at the same time „to understand both the positive
and negative aspects of freedom of expression (ethics in the media, ´canards´, paparazzi)“.47
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Etická výchova – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom, Vzdelávací štandard.
Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/
articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/eticka_vychova_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Ibid.
Etická výchova – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/eticka-vychova_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Náboženská výchova/ náboženstvo – Katolícka cirkev – gymnázium so štvorročným vzdelávacím
programom. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at:
< https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/nabozenska_
vychova_nabozenstvo_katolicka_cirkev_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Ibid.
Náboženská výchova – náboženstvo – Katolícka cirkev – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie Vzdelávací štandard.
Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/
articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/nabozenska-vychova-katolicka_nsv_2014.
pdf>.
BIZIKOVÁ, Ľ.: Metodické odporúčania k napĺňaniu cieľov prierezovej témy mediálna výchova. [online].
[2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/nove_dokumenty/ucebnice-metodikypublikacie/medialna_vychova_odporucane_vystupy.pdf>.
Ibid.
Studies
page 27
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
The latter outcome implies dis-information, but in the context of print media. Therefore, an
educational theme typical of social media is a current challenge for media education in the
context of school education - or possibly teaching within other educational areas.
At the same time, it is clear that compulsory school education in Slovakia creates up-todate conditions for the formation of pupils in the given area by supporting their interest in
learning about social phenomena, abstract logical thinking and critical thinking, especially in
the context of work with information sources, development of democratic civic awareness,
respect for human rights and values, etc. For example, the national educational programmes
define the following general educational objectives for grammar schools, i. e. those that pupils
should learn in the course of complete secondary general education:
- „To deepen students’ abstract and logical thinking with an emphasis on understanding
the causal, functional and developmental relationships between phenomena and
processes;
- To teach students to solve problems, tasks, to conduct research and to draw logical
conclusions;
- To encourage students to think critically, using a multilateral approach to addressing
tasks;
- To teach students to place the acquired information / knowledge in a meaningful context
of life practice;
- To strengthen students’ approach to respecting human rights and responsible participation
in a democratic society;
- To motivate pupils to be interested in the world and the people around them, to be active
in protecting human and cultural values...;
- To encourage students to become aware of the global interdependence of events,
developments and problems at local, regional, national and global levels“.48
4. Conclusion
The educational topic of mis-information and dis-information can be identified in its partial
aspects within all the educational areas or cross-curricular subjects examined. „Media and
information literacy research should respond to the fundamental changes in education and the
ever-expanding range of educational options beyond its traditional forms and limits“.49 However,
it is absent in the form of a coherent thematic unit in the current compulsory educational
programmes for lower and upper secondary education. This is primarily due to the novelty of
the phenomenon to which the educational programmes innovated in 2014 and 2015 are not
yet responding. In its implicit form, however, it is possible to identify the topic at both levels
of education more significantly in the subjects of Slovak language, Informatics, Civics, History
and the cross-curricular topic of media education (Research Question 1), in particular as part of
the required development of students’ ability to differentiate and assess the truth of information
sources, especially media sources, and in the context of learning topics related to increasing
personal cultivation, responsible civic and historical awareness and sensitivity to the issue of
accepting human rights. As we believe, in addition to the aforementioned, the subjects of Ethical
Education and Religious Education also bring important incentives in this regard. The content of
48
49
Štátne vzdelávacie programy pre gymnáziá. (Úplné stredné všeobecné vzdelávanie). [online]. [2019–05–09].
Available at: <http://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/
statny_vzdel_program_pre_gymnazia.pdf>.
AROLDI, P., MARIÑO, M. V., VRABEC, N.: Evaluation and funding of media and information literacy. In
FRAU-MEIGS, D., VELEZ, I., MICHEL, J. F. (eds.): Public policies in media and information literacy in
Europe: cross-country comparisons. Abingdon : Routledge, 2017, p. 216.
page 28
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
education thus covers the focal qualities of media and information literacy, or media education
and journalistic alphabetization models, in the intersection with the topic of mis-information
and dis-information (Research Question 2).
Acknowledgement: This study was elaborated within the research project supported by the
Grant Agency of the Ministry of Education of the Slovak Republic (KEGA) No. 010UCM-4/2018
titled „Material and didactic support of the teaching of media education through the media
training center at FMC UCM“.
Bibliography and sources
AROLDI, P., MARIÑO, M. V., VRABEC, N.: Evaluation and funding of media and information
literacy. In FRAU-MEIGS, D., VELEZ, I., MICHEL, J. F. (eds.): Public policies in media and
information literacy in Europe: cross-country comparisons. Abingdon : Routledge, 2017, p.194224.
BIZIKOVÁ, Ľ.: Metodické odporúčania k napĺňaniu cieľov prierezovej témy mediálna výchova.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/nove_dokumenty/
ucebnice-metodiky-publikacie/medialna_vychova_odporucane_vystupy.pdf>.
Council conclusions of 30 May 2016 on developing media literacy and critical thinking through
education and training (2016/C 212/05), 2016; Tackling online disinformation: a European
Approach, 2018. [online]. [2019–03–08]. Available at: <https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/
EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52016XG0614(01)&from=EN>.
Directorate-General for Communications Networks, Content and Technology. European
Commission. A multi-dimensional approach to disinformation: Report of the independent High
level Group on fake news and online disinformation. Luxembourg : European Union, 2018.
[online]. [2019–03–08]. Available at: <https://publications.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/
publication/>.
Dejepis – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program.
[online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/
inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/dejepis_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Dejepis – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací štandard.
Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2020-03-15]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.
sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/dejepis_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Etická výchova – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom, Vzdelávací
štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at: <https://
www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/eticka_
vychova_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Etická výchova – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací
program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Dostupné na: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/
dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/eticka-vychova_nsv_2014.pdf>.
European Commission. Tackling online disinformation: a European Approach. Communication
from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. [online]. [2019-02-20]. Available at: <https://
eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1585378190912&uri=CELEX:52018DC0236>.
FEDOROV, A., LEVITSKAYA, A.: Comparative Analysis of the Indicators’ Levels of Students’
Media Competence Development in the Control and Experimental Groups. In International
Journal of Media and Information Literacy, 2017, Vol. 2, No. 1, p. 16-37. ISSN 2500-106X.
GÁLIKOVÁ-TOLNAIOVÁ, S.: Media and Truth in the Perspective of the Practice and Life Form
of the modern „Homo Medialis“. In Communication Today, 2019, Vol. 10, No. 1, p. 4-19. ISSN
1338-130X.
Studies
page 29
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
GRIZZLE, A., SINGH, J.: Five Laws of Media and Information Literacy as Harbingers of Human
Rights: A Legacy of Ranganathan’s Five Laws of Library Science. In SINGH, J., KERR, P.
et al. (eds.): MILID Yearbook 2016. Media and Information Literacy: Enabling Human Rights,
Countering, Hate, Radical and Violent Extremism. Paris : UNESCO, p. 24-39. ISBN 978-923-100177-2. [online]. [2019-04-01]. Available at: <https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/
pf0000246371>.
HOPE CULVER, S., GRIZZLE, A. Survey on Privacy in Media and Information Literacy with Youth
Perspectives. Paris : UNESCO, 2017. [online]. [2019-04- 01]. Available at: <https://unesdoc.
unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000258993>.
HOSSOVÁ, M.: Fake News and Disinformation: Phenomenons of Post-Factual Society. In Media
Literacy and Academic Research, 2018, Vol. 1, No. 2, p. 27 – 35. ISSN 2585 – 8726.
Informatika – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací
štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at: <https://www.
statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/informatika_g_4_5_r.
pdf>.
Informatika – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací
program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/
inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/informatika_nsv_2014.pdf>.
IRETON, CH., POSETTI, J. et. al.: Journalism, ‘Fake News’ & Disinformation: Handbook for
Journalism Education and Training. Paris : UNESCO, 2018.
KAČINOVÁ, V.: Fenomén „fake news“, hoaxov a konšpiračných teórií v kontexte mediálnej
výchovy. Trnava : FMK UCM, 2019.
KAČINOVÁ, V.: Hoaxy, fake news – problémové oblasti a metodické nástroje spracovania
edukačnej témy v procese mediálnej výchovy. In BUČKOVÁ, Z., RUSŇÁKOVÁ, L., RYBANSKÝ,
R. et al. (eds.): Megatrendy a médiá 2018. Realita & mediálne bubliny. Trnava : FMK UCM,
2018, p. 271-293.
KOVANIČ, M.: Dezinformácie a výučba informačnej gramotnosti na slovenských stredných
školách. Bratislava : Inštitút strategických politík n.o., 2018.
MIČIENKA, M., JIRÁK, J. a kol.: Základy mediální výchovy. Praha : Portál, 2007.
NIKLESOVÁ, E.: Mediální gramotnost a mediální výchova. České Budějovice : Vlastimil Johanus,
2010.
Náboženská výchova/ náboženstvo – Katolícka cirkev – gymnázium so štvorročným vzdelávacím
programom. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30].
Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaciprogram/nabozenska_vychova_nabozenstvo_katolicka_cirkev_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Náboženská výchova – náboženstvo – Katolícka cirkev – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie Vzdelávací
štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://
www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/nabozenskavychova-katolicka_nsv_2014.pdf>.
NUTIL, P.: Médiá, lži a příliš rychlý mozek : Průvodce postpravdivým světem. Praha : Grada, 2018.
Občianska náuka – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací
program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/
inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/obcianska-nauka_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Občianska náuka – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom. Vzdelávací
štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-30]. Available at: <https://
www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/obcianska_
nauka_g_4_5_r.pdf>.
Občianska náuka. Vzdelávací štandard pre študijné odbory, ktorých absolvovaním žiak získa
úplné stredné odborné vzdelanie. [online]. [2019-05-08]. Available at: <http://siov.sk/wp-content/
uploads/2019/02/obcianska_nauka_USOV.pdf>.
page 30
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
PÉREZ TORNERO, J. M. et al.: ¿Cómo afrontar las noticias falseadas mediante la alfabetización
periodística? Estado de la cuestión. In Doxa Comunicación, 2018, Vol. 2, No. 26, p. 211-235. ISSN
1696-019X. [online]. [2019-02-20]. Available at: <http://dspace.ceu.es/bitstream/10637/9499/1/
Como_JMPerez%26SSamy%26STejedor%26CPulido _Doxa_ Comuni_2018.pdf>.
Slovenský jazyk a literatúra – gymnázium so štvorročným a päťročným vzdelávacím programom.
Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at:
<https://www.statpedu.sk/files/sk/svp/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/inovovany-svpgymnazia-so-stvorrocnym-patrocnym-vzdelavacim-programom/jazyk-komunikacia/slovensky_
jazyk_a_literatura_g_4_5_r_novy.pdf>.
Slovenský jazyk a literatura – nižšie stredné vzdelávanie. Vzdelávací štandard. Inovovaný štátny
vzdelávací program. [online]. [2019-11-19]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/
dokumenty/inovovany-statny-vzdelavaci-program/sjl_nsv_2014.pdf>.
Štátne vzdelávacie programy pre gymnáziá. (Úplné stredné všeobecné vzdelávanie). [online].
[2019–05–09]. Available at: <https://www.statpedu.sk/files/articles/dokumenty/inovovany-statnyvzdelavaci-program/statny_vzdel_program_pre_gymnazia.pdf>.
WARDLE, C., DERAKHSHAN, H.: Information disorder: Toward an interdisciplinary framework
for research and policy making. Strasbourg : Council of Europe, 2017.
WARDLE, C. Fake news. It’s complicated. [online]. [2019–02–27]. Available at: <https://
firstdraftnews.org/fake-news-complicated/>.
Author
PhDr. Viera Kačinová, PhD.
Faculty of Mass Media Communication,
University of SS. Cyril and Methodius in Trnava
Nám. J. Herdu 2,
917 01 Trnava
SLOVAK REPUBLIC
viera.kacinova@ucm.sk
Author Viera Kačinová is a member of the Faculty of Mass Media Communication at the University of SS. Cyril
and Methodius in Trnava. She is also a member of the expert team – IMEC (International Centre of Media
Literacy) in Slovakia. In the long term she is interested in media pedagogy, media education, didactics of
media education, value aspects of media and media competences. She is an author of many publications
of media education. She is also a member of the working group of the Ministry of Culture of the Slovak
Republic for the preparation of concepts of media education in the context of lifelong learning.
Studies
page 31
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Andrea Blesáková
Martín Ponti
The Politics Of Melodrama:
The Serialization Of Populism
In Kirchner’s Presidency
ABSTRACT
As part of a diplomatic tour to the United States in 2012, now ex-president of Argentina Cristina
Fernández de Kirchner, gave a series of speeches at various institutions of higher learning. The
Argentinean press covering the President’s visits coded their analysis following a melodramatic
code reminiscent of popular serialized programming known in Latin America as telenovelas
(Soap operas in the Anglo-American media context). Conservative and right leaning media
outlets used the telenovela formula to construct Kirchner as a villain, due to her promotion of
a populist participatory democracy in opposition to neoliberal economic policies. Journalists
followed the Kirchner tour closely, and each of her visits were framed as episodes full of the
genre’s markers with clearly delineated cliff-hangers, explosive revelations, and competing
dichotomous characters. In order to understand the uses of melodramatic paradigm, I am
proposing a close reading of the staging, performance and the speeches Kirchner held at Harvard
University. I argue in this article that Kirchner employs the code of melodrama to speak to her
constituents, but it is also her adversaries which frame a condemnation of the President using
similarly structured telenovela paradigm. I am interested in addressing how the telenovela/
melodramatic code is appropriated by both opposing political sides and the implications this
has on the television genre as a purveyor of political discourse.
KEY WORDS
Populism. Political Discourse. Peronism. Cristina Fernández de Kirchner.
page 32
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
On December 10, 2007 Cristina Fernández de Kirchner became the first democratically elected
female president in Argentina. In her first election she won with 45% of the electorate and in
her subsequent re-election in 2011, Cristina Fernández won with a higher electoral margin,
winning a total of 54% of the votes.1 Since the return of democracy in 1983, no other woman
has held so many varied and influential political positions. She has served as Senator for the
province of Buenos Aires, as well as for Santa Cruz. She was an elected member within the
Chamber of Deputies for Santa Cruz, as well as for Río Gallegos, and held the position of First
Lady under her husband Ernesto Kirchner’s presidency (2003-2007). Most recently she became
Vice-President, after the 2019 election of incumbent President Alberto Fernandez.
The mere mention of Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s name in Argentina, from now on
referred to as CFK, generates a polarizing effect fueling passionate opinions from both followers
and detractors. Kirchnerist’s, or CFK followers, popularly referred to as K’s, quickly enumerate the
party’s achievements during her tenure. Some key projects and legislation include the expansion
of the welfare state in the form of a Universal Child Allowance2, which extends monetary and
medical benefits to children of families who are (under)(un)employed, or whose salary falls below
the national minimum wage.3 Another initiative by CFK’s party includes Connecting Equality,
aimed at transforming education by focusing on developing student’s digital literacy. To this
end, the program distributed 3 million laptop computers, within a three-year period to public
school students. The focus of the program aimed at closing the unequal gap in areas of access
to technology and digital literacy among public school students, in comparison to their private
school counterparts. Another central piece of legislation includes the passage of marriage
equality, a first in a Latin American Nation. Through the work of grass roots organizations,
CFK’s party sponsored the law which led to an uninterrupted 15-hour debate in the Senate.
The law passed on July 2010.4
The enacted programs and legislations align with the party’s ideology, defining the role of
the state as a safety net meant to improve and safeguard the lives of its citizens. In part, many
of these programs were enacted to counteract neoliberal policies, known in the region as the
Washington Consensus, carried out by the political establishment throughout the 1990s. This
period was named the Década perdida, the Lost Decade. The Decade sought to modernize
Argentina and allow it to participate within the globalized economy through its adoption of
neoliberal recommendations, such as greater fiscal discipline, trade liberalization, and the
redirection of public expenditure. Argentina’s strict adherence to the model awarded the nation
international praise. The International Monetary Fund deemed Argentina the star pupil who
prescriptively followed the model. As the role of the state retreated in favor of a free market
economy within a peripheral nation, it created the perfect storm for economic, social, and
political collapse. In November of 2001international investors began to withdraw their deposits
1
2
3
4
GAUDÍN, A.: Argentine President Cristina Fernández de Kirchner Begins Second Term with Flurry of Activity.
[online]. [2020-02-10]. Available at: <https://digitalrepository.unm.edu/notisur/14022>.
For more information regarding the Universal Allowance see: GROISMAN, F. et. al.: Políticas de Protección
Social y Participación Económica de la Población en Argentina (2003-2010). In Desarrollo Económico,
2011, Vol. 51, No. 202/203, p. 241-262. ISSN 0046001X. [online]. [2020-02-10]. Available at : <www.jstor.
org/stable/23612383>.
ROCA, E.: Asignación Universal por Hijo (AUH): Extensión de las asignaciones familiares. In Revista Debate
Público, 2011, Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 33-34. [online]. [2020-02-05]. Available at: <http://trabajosocial.sociales.
uba.ar/revista-debate-publico-no1/>.
COOPER, M.: The Argentinean Movement for Same-Sex Marriage. In PULLEN, C. (ed.): LGBT Transnational
Identity and the Media. London : Palgrave Macmillan, 2012, p. 102-113. [online]. [2019-05-28]. Available at:
<https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1057%2F9780230373310_7>. For more information on marriage
equality in Argentina see: SCHULENBER, S.: The Construction and Enactment of Same-Sex Marriage in
Argentina. In Journal of Human Rights, 2012, Vol. 11, No. 1, p. 106-125. ISSN 1364-2987. [online]. [201906-06]. Available at: <https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14754835.2012.648153>.
Studies
page 33
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
ultimately leading to the collapse of the banking system resulting in the largest debt default
totaling more than US$155 billion.5 Overnight, people lost their savings as banks closed. Due
to limited space and scope of this research I am simplifying the events and causes that led to
the greatest economic crisis faced in Argentina. However, part of this context is relevant to the
research at hand, since these events created the scenario in which the Kirchners’ acquired a
central role in Argentinean politics. I return to this key point in the discussion section. Having
provided a brief overview of Kirchnerist policy and ideology in relation to the changes that
took place in Argentina since 1990, this introduction now shifts to providing the narrative of
the opposition which provides a different read of the events taking place throughout the 12
years of Kirchnerism.
Kirchnerist opposition6 established a clearly defined narrative reinterpreting the combined
presidencies of Ernesto and CFK. The opposing political rhetoric focuses on a three-tiered
axes, yet all sharing the same point: Kirchnerist polices have undermined the independence
of the three branches of government endangering representative republicanism. A common
repeated slogan by the opposition stated Argentina was on track to becoming the next Cuba
and Venezuela. For example, in the case of Universal Child Allowance, the opposition claimed
that while the objective of the program helped a wide segment of society, there were multiple
similar plans that were not consulted. Thus, the Universal Allowance passed by decree and not
by a greater consensus. The second related element relates to Kirchnerist economic policies that
reject neoliberal free market economies in favor of the development of internal markets. Those
in opposition claim that an insular economy shields the nation from global interconnections,
facilitating the party’s disproportionate control over the region’s economies. Lastly, and perhaps
the one most relevant to this research relates to CFK’s communicational style. Critics point out
that while she may not be a dictator, the president’s inability to communicate openly with the
press, shifts the limits further into a state of authoritarianism. Certain members of the press
claim the president only speaks to those journalists that profess K sympathies.
A common element found among official K narratives as well as from the opposition rests in
the ability to both conjure strong emotions. For Kirchnerist sympathizers CFK’s legacy provokes
a sense of pride but also strong passion, love and devotion. Followers feel vindicated and
protected ready to confront the growing inequalities as a result of globalized free market
economies. On the other hand, those opposed to Kirchnerist policies feel CFK’s projects were
mere fronts to illicitly enrich those loyal to the party. Rather than seeing international markets
and global capitalism as an external threats, the opposition sees Argentina’s supposed retraction
from global markets as a sign of economic, political and socio-cultural isolation that threatens
the republic. Thus, K detractors position themselves as indefatigable defenders of liberty and
democracy. Furthermore, both narratives expose a highly melodramatic discourse, each one
appropriating the narrative mode to their respective needs.
1.1 Research Questions and Objectives
As I argue in this research, melodrama functions as a discursive strategy to inform political
discourse. In order to expose the innerworkings of melodrama in politics I employ the strategies
of discourse analysis and carry out closed readings of political speeches to understand the role
of melodrama in configuring CFK’s political thought. As a cultural form, melodrama operates
5
6
MUNCK, R.: International Journal of Political Economy. In International Journal of Political Economy, 2001,
Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 68.
For more in depth information regarding opposing parties and their relationship to media see: BOTERO, S.
et al.: Under Friendly Fire: An Experiment in partisan Press, Fragmented Opposition and Voting Behavior. In
Electoral Studies, 2019, Vol. 60, p. 100-121. ISSN 0261-3794. [online]. [2019-06-06]. Available at: <10.1016/j.
electstud.2019.04.008>.
page 34
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
as a malleable genre able to adapt to multiple cultural products including film, television, music
and literature. At the same time, melodrama also has the potential to inform and operate in
other areas, such as in structuring political rhetoric. The archive of my research thus centres
on former president of Argentina Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner’s diplomatic tour of the United
States in 2012 and her public address at Harvard University in the John F. Kennedy’s Forum
of International Politics. I am interested in analyzing CFK’s public address on September 27th
of 2012, as a way of understanding the event as a public performance designed to stage
Kirchnerist ideology grounded in populist rhetoric and poised against tenants of free market
economies. In part, this research questions and interprets populism not as a carrier of a specific
ideological and political thought, but simply as a way to communicate ideology. In tandem to
populism, melodrama also plays a role in facilitating, in serving as a strategy to communicate
political ideology. Thus, this article articulates CFK’s political discourse as the confluence of
melodrama and populism. In my analysis populist rhetoric relies heavily on melodramatic forms
to construct and shape its narrative made comprehensible to its political subjects. To be clear,
melodrama does not dictate populist policies, nor does it establish a fixed definition of what
constitutes populism. Instead melodrama serves as a communicative strategy. Telenovelas as
an industrial and cultural product that embodies Latin America’s form of melodrama follows
a strict aesthetic and thematic code. This code allows for its reproduction and dissemination,
but what has become increasingly noticeable within the last few years, is the influence of the
telenovela code in structuring other genres, other forms of cultural production. It is throughout
the presidency of Cristina Fernández de Kirchner where we begin to see telenovela codes coming
from the president’s own political party but as well from as the economic elite that organized
in opposition to Kirchner. As Kirchner’s political capital grew, so did societies polarizations.
However, this polarization, in terms of media representations has gone beyond confronting
opposing political ideologies such as the left vs. the right. Instead it has become much more
primal, invoking an excess of emotion, reminiscent of a melodramatic code that filters all
experiences through an emotional lens.
2. Conceptualizing Melodrama and Populism in Latin
America
2.1 The case of Melodrama
The influence and centrality of the melodramatic formula informing political discourse has at
times stood at odds due to a perceived incompatibility of forms. For the most part, melodrama
has been a mode of representation linked solely to the cultural industries. As such there are
multiple studies theorizing the reach of melodrama as a purveyor of mass culture. Film and
television studies across linguistic, national, cultural boundaries have documented the genre’s
ability to codify conceptions of pleasure, domesticity, and gender roles.7 In contrast, political
discourse and political practices, while influenced by mass culture, see itself within a separate
sphere. In the monograph Orgies of Freedom8 Elizabeth Anker provides an incisive account
7
8
For the study of melodrama across various fields and linguistic research see: BARBERO, J.: Communication,
Culture, and Hegemony: From the Media to Mediations. London, Newbury Park : Sage Publications, 1993.
BROOKS, P.: The Melodramatic Imagination. New Haven, London : Yale University Press, 1996. LANDY,
M. et al: Imitations of Life: A Reader on Film and Television Melodrama. Detroit, Michigan : Wayne State
University Press, 1992. MAZZIOTTI, N.: La Industria de la Telenovela: La Producción de Ficción en América
Latina. Buenos Aires, Argentina : Paidós, 1996. SADLIER, D.: Latin American melodrama : passion, pathos,
and entertainment. Urbana, Illinois : University of Illinois Press, 2009.
ANKER, E.: Orgies of Feeling: Melodrama and the Politics of Freedom. Durham : Duke University Press,
2014, p. 10-11.
Studies
page 35
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
which topples the wall separating both melodrama and politics and reveals how the former
shapes political discourse as a means to galvanize the public’s perception of events. Within this
perspective, Anker begins positioning the attacks on 9/11 and the subsequent military response
by the United States as a key moment where melodrama and politics collide. The political
narrative surrounding the use of force by the US, closely mirrors the ethos of melodrama as it
creates a „spectacle of destruction“ perpetrated by a set of dangerous terrorists and therefore
situates Americans as the victims who must defend the „spectacle of destruction“.9 In other
words, the state’s military response codes the use of force not as a destructive retaliation, but
rather as a necessary retribution speaking to virtue.10 Thus, the United States’ justification for
use of power/violence rests on its moral imperative to maintain the binary good and evil. The
concept of the hero here functions as a metaphor of the nation and its citizenry.
As Anker states „Orgies of Feeling investigates the history, political strategies, and affective
pulls of melodramatic political discourses“11 within the limits of the US context. While my
research focuses broadly on Latin America, and specifically Argentina, still Anker’s text
validates melodrama as a discursive strategy employed by a political apparatus to legitimize
and communicate its goals, be it expansion, military operations, economic models, etc. To do
so it employs the genre’s formula which includes a virtuous hero who is tested and victimized
by an outside threat, but ultimately regains its strength and triumphs over adversity. Similarly,
CFK’s populist discourse also pinpoints a key moment to galvanize strong opinions and situate
her restitutive political project. The moment is the economic and social effects set in motion
by the largest default and economic collapse in Argentinean history in 2001. While it was the
downfall of the country, Kirchner’s discourse employs the downfall as also the resurgence
of a cultural and social change that Kirchnerism will sustain. According to this narrative the
Kirchner presidencies restored the possibilities for women and all those deemed marginalized
by economic and social policies to once again have a voice. Global capitalism is thus centred
as the culprit and Kirchnerism as the formula to restore social justice and order.
Within a Latin American context, the pairing of politics and melodrama has produced
various studies and monographs on the subject however, as opposed to the work of Anker, Latin
American scholars have taken on a cultural studies methodology that favors a shift to cultural
production as a way of understanding the significance of the texts. One of the earlier texts that
paired melodrama and politics include Doris Sommer’s Foundational fictions.12 Sommer’s work
provides a groundbreaking study that establishes the connection between romantic literature of
the 19th century and the political nation building process that began during the post-colonial era
in Latin America. This text lays the foundation to understanding the role of cultural production,
specifically literature as a political strategy to spread liberal ideas in Latin American nations
after the wars of independence. Sommer’s work parts from Benedict Anderson’s notion of
Imagined Communities13 which postulates the notion that mass print literature fueled a sense
of national community in readers since the texts shared a common language, a shared sense
of history, and created a national market of cultural goods. Sommer utilizes Anderson’s theory
and applies it to the romantic literature by Creole writers who legitimized their position as
national leaders by creating highly melodramatic texts about star crossed lovers who served
as metaphors for the author’s nation building projects. As Sommer relates, it is no coincidence
that the literary cannon of the 19th century in Latin America included authors with key positions
9
10
11
12
13
ANKER, E.: Orgies of Feeling: Melodrama and the Politics of Freedom. Durham : Duke University Press,
2014, p. 1.
Ibid., p. 2.
Ibid., p. 3.
For a detailed study of 19th century romantic literature in Latin American nation building project see:
SOMMER, D.: Foundational Fictions: The National Romances of Latin America. Berkeley : University of
California Press, 2007.
ANDERSON, B.: Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. New York :
Verso, 2016.
page 36
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
in governments and in politics. Many of the authors included in Sommer’s studies became
presidents of their respective nations. Thus my work in this research is informed by the reach
of melodrama as a cultural form with the capacity to shape and communicate grand narratives
that can be understood and followed by large segments of society.
2.2 The case of Populism
A challenge that arises when researching and writing about populism includes the myriad of
academic and non-academic literature that compete for establishing a stable definition. In most
media representations and in even some academic literature, the term is used as a marker, as
code that stands in for something negative. It is used to explain its effects on underdevelopment
in Latin America, as a challenge to liberal democracies and it has even been used to describe its
ability to introduce political clientelism. The literature treats the term populism, and populist as
an all-encompassing blanket term deemed to define polices and leaders that put into question
liberal democracies. Part of the problem rests in these representations inability to distinguish
not only the political differences and nuances, but the socio-cultural, linguistic, and historical
contexts that inform the specificity of its deployment and site of enunciation. A clear example
includes the lumping together of various political leaders without distinguishing their disparate
and often contradictory political ideologies, but nonetheless included in the same category. Case
in point, Bolivia’s former President Evo Morales, a left leaning social democrat who advocates
for the rights of the marginalized indigenous population receive the title of populist, in the same
way as the conservative right winged white nationalist Donald Trump, in the United States.14
These two leaders could not be more different, yet media and academic literature employ the
terminology without providing context.
In more nuanced studies that complicate and provide a broader conceptualization
of populism, includes the work developed by Ernesto Laclau.15 In Hegemonía y estrategia
socialista, Laclau exemplifies that for meaning to be extracted from political discourse it must
be relational and able to build on prefigured practices and contexts as a way to avoid an
essentialist understanding of the term. For Laclau, populism presupposes that marginalized
subjects raise their voice in order to question their subordinate position in society, however
in this framing, there must be a clear antagonist that stands in the way of those attempting to
escape marginalization. It is for this reason that I argue that melodrama and populism are closely
linked since they both rely on narrative strategies of opposition and struggles. It is important to
insist, as does Laclau, that populism does not necessary contain a specific ideology, but rather
it is a tool that constructs a political space organized around equivalent subjects and negates
those that stand against it. Other frameworks that have defined populism, shifts from Laclau’s
political identity formation vis a vis an adversary, to what some have identified as a pacto
populista16 or a populist pact. Rajland considers the populist pact on the socio-economic matrix
employed by nations that lie on the periphery of global capitalism. In other words, for Rajland,
populism is more of a tool that allows the state to set in place mechanisms that stabilize and
harmonize inequalities between the subaltern and the dominant classes. This combination of
14
15
16
Academic literature has established differences but there are still scholars that while they do not categorize
as all populist leaders as having the same political ideologies, they do find how they employ similar
strategies. See: DE LA TORRE, C.: Trump’s populism: Lessons from Latin America. In Postcolonial Studies,
2017, Vol. 20, No. 2, p. 187-198. ISSN 1466-1888. [online]. [2020-01-15]. Available at: <https://www.
tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13688790.2017.1363846?scroll=top&needAccess=>.
For an in-depth study of populism in Latin America see the following: LACLAU, E. et al.: Hegemonía y
estrategia socialista: Hacia una radicalización de la democracia. Madrid : Siglo XXI de España, 2018.
Beatriz Rajland has employed the term populist act to explain the innerworkings of populism. See:
RAJLAND, B.: El Pacto Populista en la Argentina: Proyección teórico-política hacia la actualidad. Buenos
Aires : Ediciones CCC, 2012.
Studies
page 37
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
shared antagonisms against an enemy and the need to stabilize peripheral post-colonial nation
into a broader global economy is part of the blueprint for Kirchner’s populism. Kirchnerism as
a populist political ideology attempts to provide answers to the social displacement and the
retreating role of the state that has played during the worst economic collapse in the history
of the country during December of 2001, and thus makes possible the configuration of two
opposing groups. There needs to be a process of identification that organizes and moves groups
that have been historically displaced because of racial, class, or political and economic turmoil
that might have excluded subjects from full participation. Within the populist Kirchnerist party it
incorporated a wide segment of social actors and identities including: the LGBTQI community,
university scholars and intellectuals from the left, the scientific community, and those perceived
as working class, all mobilized against the traditional elite and those identities deemed functional
to the right, such as certain sectors of the Catholic church, the military and the economic elite.
3. Findings
On September 28, 2012 the John F. Kennedy Jr. Forum at the Institute of Politics at Harvard
University hosted then President of Argentina Cristina Fernández de Kirchner. The event included
mostly an audience of students, faculty and several diplomats including the Ambassador of
Argentina. I categorize the event, a performance of melodramatic diplomatic populism in its
attempt to showcase the reach of argentine populism as an alternative to US neoliberal and
free market policies. CFK’s overall message is to provide a corrective definition of populism,
as it is a highly contested term. The performance lasted one hour and forty minutes and the
chart below organizes the categories making up the presidential speech with the percent of
time devoted to each category.
2%
5%
43 %
Welcome
Background
Speech
Questions
50 %
FIGURE 1: The pie-chart provides the percentage of time CFK dedicated to each topic throughout her talk
Source: own processing, 2020
Categories:
1. Welcome and Ground Rules by Dean Ellwood: 2 minutes
2. Invited Speaker’s Background: 5:00 minutes
3. Plenary Speech: 50 minutes
4. Question and Answer Period: 43 minutes
page 38
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
From the onset, it might seem irrelevant to delineate and measure the amount of time devoted
to each section, since the order and progression of the whole gathering falls in-line with most invited
plenary talks. As one can see from the categories, there is nothing characteristically different. The
Dean thanks the guests, provides a brief introduction to the speaker, etc. However as discussed in
the next section, it is important to highlight the percent of time spent on each section, particularly
the plenary talk and the open question and answer period. The discussion below interprets the
last two categories of the talk as the site where melodrama and populism merge in order to make
intelligible the political communicative act established by CFK’s performance.
4. Discussion
The following discussion is organized following the four main categories identified in the Findings
section.
4.1 Welcome and Ground-Rules
The moderator of the plenary talk opened the forum to general acknowledgements to faculty,
students, and dignitaries. Dean Ellwood quickly turned to discuss the ground rules, and while
it took up only 2% of the time, in relation to the rest of the talk, the rules clearly set the tone
for what would be a contentious conversation among CFK and the students. He opens this
part of the talk to remind everyone of the importance of „freedom of speech“ and the value
that the John F. Kennedy Institute places on „open and civil discourse“ and how these values
have made the Institute a premiere site for informed debate. Ellwood continues to stress the
two basic ground rules which include allowing the speaker to get through their talk and then
allowing the audience to ask „unfiltered questions“. For Argentine audiences, the ground rules
stated by Ellwood acquire greater significance based on the viewer’s political standing, thus
having the capacity to resignify the importance of those rules. As mentioned in the introduction,
the opposition has established a narrative with highly melodramatic tones that situate CFK as
an autocrat who vilifies and discredits the role of the press. And for those who follow CFK, they
see this moment as an example of the president’s participation in open forums that encourage
open debate.
The anti-press narrative created by the opposition became widely diffused about the time
the legislative branch began discussing the ruling party’s support of the Audio Visual and
Communications Law. This law passed by a majority in both legislative houses in Argentina on
October 10, 2009, and was signed into law by CFK. Part of the law promoted the repeal of the
former communications law promulgated during the last military dictatorship, which favored
and helped solidify media conglomerates such as Grupo Clarín, in return for propaganda
supporting the military coup. Through its participation and collaboration with the state, Grupo
Clarín now comprises the largest media oligopoly in Argentina. Among various amendments,
the new law sought to diversify offerings and ownership by restricting broadcast licenses for
ten years. License renewals would depend on a series of requirements such as 60% of its
programs must be national productions and 30% of programing slated for local educational
and informative/news. Thus for the opposition organized around the concentration of media
and economic control framed the law as an issue of limiting freedom of press, and of silencing
dissident voices, rather than the ruling party’s attempt to regulate and diversify the market by
curtailing oligopolies. Under the Questions and Answer section, this issue will be addressed
further, however it remains clear that the issues of „freedom of press“ and „open and civil
discourse“ is not only part of the ground rules, but the main issue at stake throughout the talk,
as well as the question and answer period.
Studies
page 39
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
4.2 Background
Part of the Dean’s presentation follows the conventions regarding introducing a speaker since
he briefly describes CFK’s achievements as President, but also outlines some criticism in an
effort to provide a balanced picture of the speaker. However the element of the presentation
that stands out the most concerns the rhetorical framing of Argentina as a prosperous and
developed nation. The elements focused on by the speaker reveals the site of enunciation from
which the narrative emerges. The United States as one of the strongest economies of the world,
operates as an empire with its political and economic reach, extending far beyond its borders,
historically perpetuating a neocolonial relationship with Latin America. Thus, Argentina’s national
profile presented by the Dean focuses mostly on the potential economic viability Argentina
holds for the United States. Therefore the nation is defined by its economic value as reflected
in the following lines, „Argentina is a nation of vast national resources, well-educated and
sophisticated population with a globally and competitive agricultural sector and a diversified
industrial base, rather than by its socio-cultural and historic legacy.“17 Any socio-cultural and
historical importance remains secondary as there is no extractable value. „It has a vibrant culture
and a rich history. The varied and diverse backgrounds of the argentine people is reflected in
the nation’s grand architecture. Fine cuisine and positive outlook“.18 As these last quotes reveal
a much more generic message applicable to any nation, whereas the first lines include more
concrete facts, as a testament to what is valued by the United States.
The introductory background continues with a shift from a brief detail of Argentina to
presenting a political and biography of CFK. Once again the opening biographical lines structure
and frame CFK as a leader following a melodramatic and serialized tone. By serialized I am
making a reference to the melodramatic form that is relevant to Latin America, which is the
telenovela. Such melodramatic programing as described previously, structure its narrative
following an ethos of passion as the element that makes serialized narratives intelligible to
audiences. Telenovelas do not value facts and deep and well developed characters, but rather
favor characters who make sense of the world through the power of their emotions and passions.
Ellwood similarly utilizes the language of passion to define CFK, and thus demarcate the ways
in which the plenary talk will play out for the audience. Ellwood states, „What is clear is that this
president fights passionately for the policies and people that she champions. It should come
as no surprise that she has consistently placed high on the Forbes’s list of 100 most powerful
women in the world.“19 Added to the emotional charge includes yet another element of serialized
melodrama including the sense of battle and the moral imperative to fight for those in need.
The introduction proceeds, „It [Argentina] also has a tradition of strong female leaders. Evita
Perón was the first female president. Our guest is the second, but she is the first woman elected
president of Argentina.“20 While his facts are incorrect, Evita never became President and only
held the position of First Lady, the speaker establishes the trajectory and links that connect
CFK to a Peronist genealogy of powerful female leaders. In the invocation of a female political
worldview reinforces melodramatic elements, since historically melodrama has been viewed
as a female genre. The section concludes with a series of CFK policies and projects that have
been recognized internationally in terms of successful economic and social policies such as
economic growth sustained at 8- 9% per year and the creation of the Ministry of Science and
Technology. This new Ministry helped to repatriate Argentine scientist who due to economic
hardship and lack of funding had to go abroad to continue their research.
17
18
19
20
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [Online] [2019-12-05]. Available at: <https://
www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Ibid.
page 40
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
4.3 Plenary Speech
CFK’s talk at Harvard reiterates the theme and structure of her plenary speech at the United
Nations the previous night. In both talks CFK espouses on what she titles and defines as a
„new civilizing era.“ By this term CFK extends a solution to the global economic crisis that
has affected not only emerging nations, but the central economic powers of the world. She
explains that since the 19th century, the leading economic and socio-political nations of the
world have conceptualized solutions that reproduce western thought influenced only by the
Greco-Roman world. Even nations with competing and multiple world views have turned to
the West as a response to their crisis. She cites the case of Latin American and their search for
independence from Spain. The elite in those regions turned to European concepts emerging
from the French Enlightenment in order to not only become independent but trace and configure
the ways their new nations would be established. CFK interprets this act as a mistake since
liberating a region employing the same ideals that led to those colonial relationships cannot
render success. The illustrative example is one of many provided by CFK which highlights the
„vicious repetitive cycles“ that have constantly looked inwards and to the West for answers.
Thus for CFK the civilizing era is a stand-in for the concept of progress, a progress which must
turn to the developing word and the Global South for answers to issues such as terrorism, the
concentration of wealth in the top 1% of the world, the breakdown of a plural participatory
democracy, and speculative financial economy over production and innovation.
For Latin Americanist CFK’s deployment of „civilizing era“ is extremely reminiscent of
Domingo Faustino Sarmiento’s conception of „civilization versus barbarism.“21 Sarmiento was
a writer, statesman, and was a member of the Generation of 1837, who highly influenced the
region’s conception of culture and national life. Sarmiento’s work develops one of the most
influential metaphors that would define part of the political and intellectual landscape of 19th
century Latin America. In his text, Sarmiento establishes the binary civilization vs barbarism as
a means to model development in Argentina. Civilization for Sarmiento represented the values
of Western Europe, placing a heavy emphasis in the work ethic of the West and the civil and
political institutions, as the backbone for freedom and progress. Whereas barbarism, represented
the autochthonous cultures and traditions of Argentina and Latin America. This binary set up by
Sarmiento and resignified by CFK extends the melodramatic element of diametrically opposed
views who must confront and battle each other. It is presented as a moral imperative following
the melodramatic logic of serialized narratives.
CFK’s resignification of the term enacts a reconfiguration of that which is considered
«civilizing». Whereas Sarmiento saw Western culture and institutions as the backbone of
civilization and that which will uplift non-western societies, CFK’s „civilizing era“ proposes
distancing from the West in order to incorporate the plurality of voices that have been silenced
and marginalized. As she states: „There is a contradiction between developed countries and
emerging countries. The emerging countries, we have precisely been the ones who have
sustained worldwide economic activity, as well as the growth of the world’s economy during
the last decade. The economies of developed countries grew very little and it is precisely the
emerging countries who have sustained such growth.“22
Throughout the speech, CFK does not read from a teleprompter or notes, but rather projects
as if it were an impromptu talk. Due to her style one can see elements of an unscripted conference
such as the circular statements «emerging/developing countries» that repeat throughout her
talk as if she is organizing her thoughts as she speaks. The repetitive nature of her discourse
21
22
Sarmiento’s conceptualization of civilization vs. barbarism is developed in his foundational text:
SARMIENTO, D.: Facundo, Civilización y barbarie: Vida de Juan Facundo Quiroga. Mexico : Editorial Porrúa,
1966.
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [Online] [2019-12-05]. Available at: <https://
www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
Studies
page 41
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
also corresponds to the melodramatic formula, since serialized narratives tend to be circular in
nature, always referring back to previous moments. As mentioned previously also melodrama
favors the emotions and the focus on personal narratives over any other discursive style. In
CFK’s speech this personal element makes itself present in her use of the first person plural, to
refer to emerging countries. CFK inserts herself in the position of an emerging country that has
had to respond to the crisis created by developed nations. Furthermore the continuous repetition
of the emerging and developed countries reinforces a dichotomous binary which melodrama
always establishes to categorize that which is right and wrong or good an evil. In Latin American
telenovelas one of the recurring plots include storylines that categorize characters as either
rich or poor and the social struggles that exist among both groups. Generally the poor are
represented as hard-working, honest, and willing to sacrifice themselves for the good of others.
While the rich are generally portrayed as manipulative, shallow, and stand as obstacles the main
character’s happiness. Clearly CFK follows the paradigm and situates developed nations as
the ones who create situations that make it difficult for others emerging nations to « succeed ».
CFK adds, Precisely we, the emerging countries, are the ones who can once again reactivate
the economy for one simple reason, we have a very low level of debt in relation to our GDP.23
4.4 Questions and Answers Period
The more illuminating part of the plenary talk belongs to the questions and answer period
which occupied almost the same amount of time as the talk. For the interest of my research,
the student’s participation and CFK responds further aligned with the melodramatic paradigm.
As part of the replies there were plenty of cheers and jeers as well as applauses, nervousness
and ironic replies. At the beginning of the talk the Dean referred to the Forum as one of the
premiere sites for intellectual debate and as such, the presenters have the opportunity to speak
and then have to take probing questions. It is important to point out that out of the total of ten
questions asked, only three were related to CFK’s talk. In the three related questions, students
followed up on her main thesis regarding the civilizing era where emerging nations must take
a more central role in the economic and political decisions of the world. Students asked about
the role of countries such as Paraguay and what role they play in the economies of the region.
Also students asked about the upcoming US elections and its possible effects in the region and
lastly what roles should G-20 countries play in relation to social responsibility.24 The remaining
seven questions have no relations to the talk, but rather replicate many of the headlines and
talking points articulated by journalists with a clear opposition to CFK. One finds a common
denominator among the questions which attempts to frame the speaker as an authoritarian
leader whose goal is to perpetuate herself in power. Questions such as:
„Many people in your government or in Congress have been talking about the possibility of a
constitutional reform that would allow for your reelection. There were large protests in Buenos
Aires and in the country in opposition to this possibility, according to my understanding.
Yet you have not responded. Do you want to be re-elected and do you want to reform the
Constitution?“25
23
24
25
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [Online] [2019-12-05]. Available at: <https://
www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
I have translated the flowing three questions: This is a very important year for our US friends, because it is
an electoral year. How do you think the result can impact our country? How do you now see the bilateral
relationships between Argentina and Paraguay and in their future role in the Mercosur? Being part of the
G-20, and having conversations with other leaders, what is the position in regards to the importance of
social responsibility in the long term, not only regarding Argentina but in the whole word.
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [Online] [2019-12-05]. Available at: <https://
www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
page 42
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
„In light of the constant attacks to media, intellectuals and specific journalists, not necessarily
opposing ones but simply critical ones, that have taken place during your government, do
you think there is a plurality and freedom of expression in Argentina?“26
These two questions directly reference the possibility of a constitutional reform that would
serve to undermine democracy in the country, coupled to a sense of censorship or possible
retributions against dissident voices. In the local argentine press the framing of the silencing
of journalists began, as mentioned previously, during the proposal to pass the new Audiovisual
and Communications Law that would break up Clarín’s monopoly, currently the largest media
conglomerate in Argentina. While the law was passed in 2009, and currently in 2020 the law
has still not been applied, speaks in hindsight to the weakness of the question posed at the
time of the talk. The same journalists and medio oligopolies continue to operate in Argentina,
making the goal of the law which sought to diversify media outlets unable to materialize.
In order to exemplify the way media messages reach citizens, I turn to a highly publicized
episode taking place in one of Clarín’s television shows. I illustrate this point with a segment
of the show PPT, known by its Spanish language acronym meaning Journalism for Everyone.
PPT crosses the boundaries between news and entertainment, public affairs and pop culture
in the likes of shows like Comedy Central’s The Daily Show. Jorge Lanata, the show’s creator
and host, has a long trajectory in investigative journalism, and 1987 he founded the progressive
leftist newspaper still in circulation, Página12. Lanata’s return to television marked a dramatic
shift in his ideological standing considering that he was hired by Grupo-Clarín, a network known
for its hardline conservative right-wing views. After an analysis of PPT, it is evident that the show
was created to generate opposition to the political, social, and cultural transformation initiated
by Kirchner’s party. The show’s formula borrows directly from US formats, such as the Daily
Show and the Colbert Report. The structure and objective of shows like the Daily Show create
the possibility of critically questioning power through comedy, satire, and parody, targeting the
tenants of truth and objectivity that have formed part of traditional broadcast journalism. This
combination results in dissident political messages that blur the distinctions between news
and entertainment, but that nonetheless facilitates audiences questioning of key political and
social issues. However, PPT simply borrows the structure without reproducing the intended
aim of questioning the role of corporate journalism.
The show stages opposition through its monothematic premise whereby every week it
reveals a critique of the president but presented as fact, and it extends the trope of good vs
evil, the us versus them trope. Each episode begins with a stand-up monologue by Lanata,
who is not a comedian, but nonetheless performs a parody of the president’s speeches and
demeanor. There is an excess of close-ups, over emphasizing the face and eyes, once again a
staple of telenovela framing. Lanata’s linguistic parody and satire- of which there are multiple
layers operating in his monologue: the parody of the professional stand-up comedian, that of
US comedy/news shows, and lastly that of the president’s ideology. However here, both satire
and parody ceases to function since it does not have the capacity to dismantle nor critique
power. As the stand-up monologue ends, the audience begins to hear from off stage a chant
that states: queremos preguntar « we want to ask ». This leads to the raising of the stage’s
curtain, revealing a stage full of prominent news personalities from the group’s media platforms
continuing in their chant. This staging of saving the press fails as does the previous monologue,
since it reinforces the voice of the journalistic corporate establishment. PPT loses its ability to
critique power since it is staging its own strength through the image of key television and radio
personalities standing in opposition to the president. PPT’s chant of „we want to ask“ makes its
way to citizens who replicate media messages as we see at Harvard’s forum. One of the students
26
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [Online] [2019-12-05]. Available at: <https://
www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
Studies
page 43
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
opens his question by stating „I’m privileged to be one of the few Argentineans who can ask
you questions“27, which is followed by another student who reiterates the same statement of
being privileged to ask questions. The president responded to all these questions with a sense
of agitation and started to express annoyance. While she did provide adequate answers that
spoke to each question she did not hold back her opinions regarding the types of questions
and also criticized the way the questions were asked. Some of her statements include: „not
very academic, what was the question? Ah, you forgot? Inform yourself better. As your little
classmate stated, Come on guys, we are in Harvard.“28 She even jested about the inability of
some students to clearly read questions from a piece of paper. While her reactions and side
comments detract from the main goal of her talk, they do bolster her image as a charismatic
and passionate leader whose discourse is highly inflected by melodramatic elements. CFK’s
demeanor, inflection, and stance become very theatrical and performative.
5. Conclusion
The research presented here explores the reach of melodrama and populism as two
communicational strategies that help in solidifying and extending political thought. Rather than
being seen as two separate areas such as part of the cultural and political spheres, melodrama
and its formulaic narrative of emotional excess intersect populist rhetoric. Through the public
address by CFK at Harvard’s John F. Kennedy’s Forum, I established how her speech forms
part of a performance to publicly display the possibilities of populism. Populism understood
as a modality of politics to group and interpolate one group against another. As evinced in her
talk, CFK parts form the theory of the civilizing era, as a moment in Argentinean history that
demarcates two opposing groups. There is the group who has been marginalized and suffered
the consequences of the Lost Decade due to neoliberal policies, and the group that embraces
an unrestricted economy, as professed by developed nations. For CFK it is the former who
must rise and take a leading role in society. Along with the speech, I interpreted the question
and answer period as yet another moment when populism is performed. Both questions and
answers between the president and the students present stage the contentions that pull apart
notions of the civilizing era. That is, those opposed envision it only as a rhetorical strategy that
hide ulterior motives, while those in favor see it as a reconsideration of those whose privilege
had previously gone unquestioned. Nonetheless, what one finds present in both narratives is
a striking call to the emotions and a passionate urgency to be heard.
Bibliography and sources
ANDERSON, B.: Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism.
New York : Verso, 2016.
ANKER, E.: Orgies of Feeling: Melodrama and the Politics of Freedom. Durham : Duke University
Press, 2014.
BARBERO, J.: Communication, Culture, and Hegemony: From the Media to Mediations. London,
Newbury Park : Sage Publications, 1993.
BOTERO, S. et al.: Under Friendly Fire: An Experiment in partisan Press, Fragmented Opposition
and Voting Behavior. In Electoral Studies, 2019, Vol. 60, p. 100-121. ISSN 0261-3794. [online].
[2019-06-06]. Available at: <10.1016/j.electstud.2019.04.008>.
BROOKS, P.: The Melodramatic Imagination. New Haven, London : Yale University Press, 1996.
27
28
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [Online] [2019-12-05]. Available at: <https://
www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
Ibid.
page 44
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
COOPER, M.: The Argentinean Movement for Same-Sex Marriage. In PULLEN, C. (ed.): LGBT
Transnational Identity and the Media. London : Palgrave Macmillan, 2012, p. 102-113. ISBN 9780-230-37331-0. [online]. [2019-05-28]. Available at: <https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230373310_7>.
Cristina Fernández de Kirchner’s Public Address (Full Video). [online]. [2019-12-05]. Available
at: <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9LY4qhXEXs&t=1224s>.
DE LA TORRE, C.: Trump’s populism: Lessons from Latin America. In Postcolonial Studies,
2017, Vol. 20, No. 2, p. 187-198. ISSN 1466-1888. [online]. [2020-01-15]. Available at: <https://
www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13688790.2017.1363846>.
GAUDÍN, A.: Argentine President Cristina Fernández de Kirchner Begins Second Term with Flurry
of Activity. [online]. [2020-02-10] Available at: <https://digitalrepository.unm.edu/notisur/14022>.
GROISMAN, F. et. al.: Políticas de Protección Social y Participación Económica de la Población
en Argentina (2003-2010). In Desarrollo Económico, 2011, Vol. 51, No. 202/203, p. 241-262.
ISSN 0046001X. [online]. [2020-02-10]. Available at: <www.jstor.org/stable/23612383>.
LACLAU, E. et al.: Hegemonía y estrategia socialista: Hacia una radicalización de la democracia.
Madrid : Siglo XXI de España, 2018.
LANDY, M. et al: Imitations of Life: A Reader on Film and Television Melodrama. Detroit, Michigan :
Wayne State University Press, 1992.
MAZZIOTTI, N.: La Industria de la Telenovela: La Producción de Ficción en América Latina.
Buenos Aire, Argentina : Paidós, 1996.
MUNCK, R.: International Journal of Political Economy. In International Journal of Political
Economy, 2001, Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 67-88. ISSN 0891-1916.
RAJLAND, B.: El Pacto Populista en la Argentina: Proyección teórico-política hacia la actualidad.
Buenos Aires : Ediciones CCC, 2012.
ROCA, E.: Asignación Universal por Hijo (AUH): Extensión de las asignaciones familiares. In
Revista Debate Público, 2011, Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 29-43. ISSN 1853-6654. [online]. [2020-02-05].
Available at: <http://trabajosocial.sociales.uba.ar/revista-debate-publico-no1/>.
SADLIER, D.: Latin American melodrama : passion, pathos, and entertainment. Urbana, Illinois :
University of Illinois Press, 2009.
SARMIENTO, D.: Facundo, Civilización y barbarie: Vida de Juan Facundo Quiroga. Mexico :
Editorial Porrúa, 1966.
SCHULENBER, S.: The Construction and Enactment of Same-Sex Marriage in Argentina. In
Journal of Human Rights, 2012, Vol. 11, No. 1, p. 106-125. ISSN 1364-2987. [online]. [201906-06]. Available at: <https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14754835.2012.648153>.
SOMMER, D.: Foundational Fictions: The National Romances of latin America. Berkeley :
University of California Press, 2007.
Author
Martín Ponti, PhD.
Department of World Languages and Cultures
Washington College
300 Washington Ave
Chestertown, MD. 21620,
USA
mponti2@washcoll.edu
Dr. Martín Ponti is an Assistant Professor of Hispanic Studies at Washington College. He currently teaches
language and Latin American media and culture. Dr. Ponti’s research explores melodramatic serialized
programming in Latin America and how it intersects with gender and class. His article, Los Roldan and the
inclusion of Travesti narratives: Representations of gender-non-conforming identities in Argentinean telenovelas
is forthcoming in media journal Screen Bodies.
Studies
page 45
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Natália Vargová
Cordula Simon
Deconstructionism And Language
Shift – The Scientific Troubles
Of Political Correctness
ABSTRACT
Deconstructionism teaches us, that power lies within language, or rather that power decides,
what language is supposed to mean. The old question asked in Alice in Wonderland: „Who
decides, what words mean?“ builds up to the discrepancy in any language between the individual
speaker’s intention and his or her position in the political power hierarchy. In recent decades
calls for a more humane language have arisen, giving birth to movements of political correctness
in the Western hemisphere, making it an issue of globalisation being fairly paired with left-wing
ideology, making everyday conversation a subject of critique, calling for normative changes in
language and ultimately facing the same question everywhere: Does it in fact help? This paper
will shed light on the empirical linguistic knowledge we possess on the connection between
form and content, going back to De Saussure and following the discourse of language and
power in an historical manner, thus taking a hard look at the theoretical background of the
dynamics of power and language, building a chronology of deconstructivist theorists like
Derrida, Foucault, Bourdieu, and Barthes. These theories will be paralleled with the so-called
linguistic turn from its beginning to the nowadays so popular Neo-Whorfian approach. Finally the
deconstructivist method will be put in contrast to what we know about the connection between
language on action following John Austin, circling back to the postmodern discursive approach
known in everyday life: The language policing of everyday conversations by individual speakers,
representing the deconstructivist movement, comparing it to the empirical data about language
and culture, the named and the unnamed, empowerment and the mechanics of language
shifting that were subject to studies already more than a hundred years ago, focusing on the
shift of meaning and tabooing of vocabulary, dissecting what critics of political correctness call
the „euphemism treadmill“, building up to the effects of political correctness we have come
to experience so far. The goal is to finally answer the question, whether language policing and
the growing public attention to the use of language do have an egalitarian effect on reality.
KEY WORDS
Deconstructionism. Language shift. Overview. Political correctness. Neo-Whorfianism.
Euphemism treadmill.
page 46
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
For some of us politically correct speech is a way of expressing their concerns with other
people’s feelings, and we try to abstain from using hurtful speech, it is a way of being humane
with words. For others it only appears to be an unnatural corset to naturally grown language.
The specific phenomenon of political correctness might not be the only language regulation
known to mankind, but one that has emerged extensively in recent decades in the whole Western
hemisphere, making it notable on a global scale while soaking into everyday conversation.
The questions asked here are supposed to create an overview of what is taught nowadays
about the interconnection of language and society. What is the source of all these slogans
used to defend the practice of speech policing? Where do the quotes of those correcting
other people’s language on a day to day basis find their academical pendant? From which
academical background do phrases like „language is power“, „language is action“, „language
is a weapon“, „words hurt“ etc. come from? What role does the intention of the speaker take
Deconstructionism teaches us, that power lies within language, or rather that power decides,
what language is supposed to mean.
2. Methodology
In the first chapter the theories in which political correctness originated will be set in relation to
their likewise theoretical predecessors. Where do the slogans come from, and what theoretical
background do they have? Here we examine in a historical manner De Saussure and follow the
academical discourse of language and power, building a chronology of deconstructivist theorists,
starting with Derrida, Lacan, Bourdieu, Foucault, Barthes until finally closing with Said, Butler
and Deleuze. In the same chapter we will approach the language of philosophy, following the
so-called linguistic turn with the same method, focusing on Wittgenstein, Hegel and Whorf. The
deconstructivist method will then be put in contrast with what we know about the connection
between language on action following John Austin, circling back to the postmodern discursive
approach known in everyday life and a discussion on the connection of these theories.
In the next chapter these theories will be put side by side with the method and results of
some of the most infamous studies on language and society: the claims made by defenders
of political correctness. What are the studies saying about the theories, where are they
contradictious and what are their conditions? Here we will take a look at the Neo-Whorfian
approach to language, at the puzzle of the number of genders in a language and the so called
euphemism treadmill, closing with the linguistic theoretical bases in which we see the results
of these studies reflected, trusting, that the empirical experiment is more reliable than any
unproven theory. The discrepancies between those results will be discussed.
This piece is merely a who-said-what of academical graveness in the field, asking: what
did the theorists the political movement is built upon actually write and what happens, when
we compare it to the empirical work done on the subject on language and society? What is
the knowledge we have about language, how do these theories fit with deconstructionism or
Whorfism? Are the linguistic facts living up to the theories? This text aims to take a look at the
dynamics between language and power by going back to the sources and summarizing their
actual content and by putting the great names we are confronted with in discussions about
language policing in comparison to one another and subsequently by examining contradictions
and similarities. It is merely a short overview on sources and research. The goal is to finally
answer the question, whether language policing and the growing public attention to the use of
language have an egalitarian effect on reality.
Studies
page 47
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
3. Purely theoretical arguments for speech policing
3.1 Language is discourse/power
I have to expose the reader to quite a lot of information up front and put all of it into tiny
packages, in a way similar to which students nowadays are confronted with, in a way I was
confronted with in Gender- and Cultural studies courses: Jacques Derrida’s theories were based
on the easily understood division of what a sign is according to Saussure:1 the connection of
arbitrariness, convention, and association. Even onomatopoeia like cock-a-doodle-doo and
kikeriki differ from one another. It is the reason, why we have different languages. The word
for tree neither looks like a tree, nor sounds like a tree. To break it down: Derrida looked at the
structure of society and saw that no meaning is ever fixed.2
The idea of the unfixed meaning got taken up by Lacan3 in the field of psychoanalysis, as
well as Bourdieu and Foucault in sociology, with Lacan stating, that without language there would
be no meaning of self and Bourdieu noting, that what is meant and understood is a question
of the position one occupies in the social field.4 Meaning, as Foucault and his companions
noted, was a manifestation of power and power is therefore reflected in discourse.5 This is a
truly exciting idea that can’t be verified or falsified as no one stands outside society or power
hierarchies and even academic knowledge exchange takes place inside the web of discourses.
What Derrida originally suggested as a way of interpreting literature and historical texts by
finding oppositions and presumptions in it, soon became an instrument to analyse society as a
whole: deconstruction. Not only reducing even the most artistic pieces of writing to mere social
commentary, but also dissecting everyday speech in everyday life. The premise goes something
like this: the powerless must be deconstructing the discourse, not leaving the decision over
what something means to the powerful because discourse is language.
3.2 Language is action/performance/violence
Then a new wave of theorists like Deleuze6, Said7, and Butler8 emerged with their own furthering
concepts. These theorists claim or at least strongly suggest, that language is always action, it
is always performance. Let’s exemplify this with Butler.
That language is always action is supposed to go back to John Austin, but Judith Butler
doesn’t even quote Austin – not in Gender Trouble9 anyway where she claims that society
inscribes itself into the human body through language. She does not provide a conclusive
argument how exactly this happens, there’s no empirical work and quite a few paragraphs end
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DE SAUSSURE, F.: Course de linguistique générale. Paris, Saint Germain : Éditions Poyot & Rivages, 1997,
p. 97.
See also: DERRIDA, J.: Of Grammatology. 40th Anniversary Edition. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University
Press, 2016.
See also: LACAN, J.: Ecrits: The First Complete Edition in English. New York : Norton & Company, 2008.
See also: BOURDIEU, P.: Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge : University Press, 1977.
See also: FOUCAULT, M.: The Essential Works of Michel Foucault 1954-1984. 3rd Edition. London : Penguin,
2002.
See also: DELEUZE, G.: Logic of Sense. London, Oxford : Bloomsbury Academic, 2015.
See also: SAID, E. W.: Orientalism: Western Conceptions of the Orient. 25th Anniversary Edition. London :
Penguin Classics, 1995.
See also: BUTLER, J.: Gender Trouble. Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York, London :
Routledge, 1990.
BUTLER, J.: Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. New York, London : Routledge, 1997,
p. 149.
page 48
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
with a question mark. She quotes Bourdieu and Derrida. Even in her work Excitable Speech10
she rather presents everything originating from Austin with the interpretations of later theorists.
Even though she puts one quote from Austin at the front of her work: „Infelicity is an ill to
which all acts are heir which have the general character of ritual or ceremonial, all conventional
acts“.11 From this she deduces on the first page of Excitable Speech, that all language is acting.
Something that this quote logically simply can’t confirm. But what was it, that Austin actually
said?12 Speech acts are acts of phones, which are the sounds coming out of one’s mouth,
and they are not only constative or performative, but they can be both, much like on a scale
between describing the world (constative) and acting with speech (performative). If a ship is
named, the performance is clearly visible, but also statements about the world can have a
reason, why they are said, which is often only to be found in their context. Even if someone
talks to himself, there might by psychological reasons, but does that change the world in any
manner? You’d have to be a strong believer of the butterfly effect to agree with a statement like
this. Today speech acts are still classified by Austin’s system. This means ignoring something
he was fully aware of, by calling the centre of his science „acts of phones“ – it’s the sound you
hear, the form it takes. Everything else, the statement about the world, the action itself and the
intentions of the speaker are different parts of speech. The form takes a special place in every
theory of speech and communication. The one thing, that can only be judged aesthetically if it
can be judged at all. Making this crucial distinction is the very foundation of twentieth century
linguistics, because it reflects Ferdinand de Saussure’s signifiant and signifié.
While Austin, when read closely, can’t serve to legitimize language policing, he might
still be seen as an authority on language philosophy, people throwing his name around tend
to ignore his work: intention as part of his speech act classification is then substituted by
convention which is seen as more powerful in e.g. Butler’s Excitable Speech.13 The act of
phones on the other hand gets simply ignored. The highly selective method of reading early
theorists, philosophers and empirical fieldworkers on the subjects leads to arguments built
on authority, even though the authority never might have written anything closely to lead to
nowadays conclusions. Even his closest predecessor John Searle writes in the 1990s, that the
borders of meaning are the borders of the speaker’s intentions and that analysis shows, what
can be done with language is limited.14 So, John Austin never claimed that every utterance in
every situation is performance and therefore action, he just played with the thought that we
can’t draw an exact border between the description of the world and acting with words. The
premise of the deconstructivist theory nevertheless narrowed it down to this: the powerless
must be deconstructing the discourse, not leaving the decision of what anything means to the
powerful. Discourse is language, language is action, and therefore language can be violence.
3.3 The recipient produces the text/message
The final purely theoretical argument is delivered by Roland Barthes, who took care of any
intention or convention altogether, giving the recipient full authority over the meaning.15 Barthes’
writing denies all of this: convention, context, intention. But if the recipient is the one mostly
10
11
12
13
14
15
See also: BUTLER, J.: Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. New York, London : Routledge,
1997.
BUTLER, J.: Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. New York, London : Routledge, 1997, p. 1.
See also: AUSTIN, J. L.: How to Do Things with Words. The William James Lectures delivered at Harvard
University in 1955. London : Oxford Clarendon, 1962.
BUTLER, J.: Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. New York, London : Routledge, 1997, p. 34,
51, 168.
SEARLE, J. R.: Geist, Sprache und Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a. M : Suhrkamp, 2004, p. 179.
See also: BARTHES, R.: The Death of the Author. London : Taylor & Francis, 2018.
Studies
page 49
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
producing the text, that doesn’t always make individual interpretation righteous, but makes it
rather a mere question of what most people read into something. Also if the recipient is the one
producing the meaning, this very same theory could be used as legitimization that the writer or
producer of speech is always free of guilt and any misunderstanding is the recipient’s fault. As
we know the truth lies rather in between, as human miscommunication tends to happen, but
can be dealt with. Barthes was also criticized for this approach in Foucault’s “Qu’est-ce qu’un
auteur?” in16 1969 in front of the Société Française de Philosophie. It is highly doubtful that
Derrida would recognize his own thinking in the politicized strategies his successors knitted
out of them.
The premise of the deconstructionist theory therefore narrows even more: The powerless
must be deconstructing the discourse, not leaving the decision of what anything means to the
powerful. Discourse is language, language is action, and therefore language can be violence.
The recipient of speech is always right about its meaning, so if the recipient feels offended the
speaker has to be condemned.
That’s a rather short summary of how we got from understanding, that the form is not
shackled to its content, to quite a significant amount of people in academia being sure that
changing forms would change the world. So the basic premise seems right even if unverifiable,
but in Austin’s writing, circumstances, purposes and intentions have to result in a certain
situation. While early Deconstructionism logical arguments are followed (Derrida, Foucault,
Bourdieu) they don’t provide arguments for language policing. Later theorists (e.g. Butler) rather
depend on claims and suggestions, reproducing concepts as slogans in a highly selective
manner; however none of them did any empirical fieldwork.
4. The so-called linguistic turn
In an historical context this development might partially be related to parallel theories of what
is called the linguistic turn, which ironically hasn’t got a lot to do with linguistics, but rather
with philosophy about language. Ludwig Wittgenstein is supposed to be the predecessor of
this movement. The idea was pretty trendy at the time: The Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus17,
trying to put the world in final formal order, stating that the borders of the mind are those of
language. Instinctively that may sound right, as in our human experience we believe we can
say just about anything. It doesn’t matter if we need to describe or define something to make
ourselves clear. We have managed fine so far, haven’t we? He was actually not the first to
stumble onto that idea. Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel18 also put a little something about this
topic together once upon a time. Wittgenstein is often considered the one to have kicked off
the linguistic turn. Austin and Saussure are often considered to be part of it, even though most
of their work predated the Tractatus, and philosophical viewpoints were not their only focus,
but rather empirical data and especially in Austin’s philosophy it was not an ideal language, but
the reality of language that took the main stage. The adamant reality of language later caused
Wittgenstein to withdraw from his previous theories in the Tractatus, in his lectures resulting in
the so called Blue Book,19 as he realized, that language doesn’t always follow the most logical
16
17
18
19
FOUCAULT, M.: „Was ist ein Autor?“. In JANNIDIS, F. et al. (eds.): Texte zur Theorie der Autorschaft.
Stuttgart : Reclam, 2000, p. 198–229.
See also: WITTGENSTEIN, L.: Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus. Asheville : Chiron Academic, 2016.
See also: NIEGOT, A.: „Es ist in Namen, dass wir denken.“ Sprache und Denken bei Hegel. Duisburg-Essen :
LINSE, 2004.
See also: WITTGENSTEIN, L.: The Blue and Brown Books. New York : Harper Torchbooks, 1965; BRIDGES,
J.: The Search for „The Essence of Human Language“. In VERHEGGEN, C. (ed.): Wittgenstein and Davidson
on Language, Thought, and Action. Toronto : Cambridge University Press, 2017, p. 139-159.
page 50
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
path, in a similar way that Hegel threw his philosophy of language out the window, as we
know from his posthumous published notes.20 Sadly, barely anyone seemed to notice within
the discourse of language policing. While Wittgenstein and Austin were racking their brains to
figure out how meaning evolves in speech, nowadays it is common that people demanding
politically correct speech, assume that their interpretation is right at any time and the speaker
often just doesn’t realize, what is meant by his words, but the recipient does.
5. Arguments with listed empirical evidence
5.1 Language influences everyday culture
Let’s look at arguments for which we do have empirical evidence: the claim that language
influences everyday culture.
One more reason that makes the „language constructs our world“- credo so attractive,
might be found in Benjamin Lee Whorf’s writing.21 He was a contemporary of Wittgenstein
and built his ideas from one theory, sticking to it until his very end: If a culture has no word
for something, said culture doesn’t have (un)said thing. Did you know, that the Italians have a
single word for the little ring of spilled coffee on a coaster or table when you take the cup away?
It’s called „culaccino“. We instinctively do know this „thing“. We wipe it away with a napkin.
Do we have a word for it in English, German or Russian? No. But believing in language being
functional, I’m quite sure I did a sufficient job expressing, what I mean. There also needs to
be considered that Whorf was not being exactly the empirical working type. He claimed that
Eskimos, as they were called in his days have hundreds of words for snow.22 That is simply not
true, there are only two lexems, from which all other words derive from. It is a highly complex
language after all. But barely anyone bothered – the idea was so tempting, lifting language up
into being even more powerful than it is, that even in 1980 Dale Spender just assumed he is
right in Man Made Language.23
The discrepancy of what is proven and what isn’t, is not even noticed in the 1990s when
Deborah Cameron in „Feminist Linguistics“ quotes Saussure’s theory of the sign and Whorf in
the same breath. She just concludes that they would not be likely to agree with one another.24
Let’s take another example: In Gender Studies there is plenty of talk about how amazing this tribe
of Quechua south of the Titicaca lake is, as they have ten social genders. Isn’t that amazing?
Looking Quechua up in The World Atlas of Language Structures25, which was originally published
by the Oxford University Press in 2005 and is now being digitally maintained by departments of
the Max Planck Society in Leipzig, there is something odd to be found: The Quechua have no
distinction of gender in their language. But there exist languages with „five genders or more“.
Zulu for example. But in their culture they recognize exactly two genders – not even a third
one. My pick of samples here would suggest, that less gender in a language might allow for
20
21
22
23
24
25
See also: NIEGOT, A.: „Es ist in Namen, dass wir denken.“ Sprache und Denken bei Hegel. Duisburg-Essen :
LINSE, 2004.
See also: WHORF, B. L.: Language, Thought, and Reality: Selected Writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge :
MIT Press Ltd, 2012.
MCWHORTER, J. H.: The Language Hoax. The World Looks the Same in Any Language. New York : Oxford
University Press, 2014, p. 50.
See also: SPENDER, D.: Man Made Language. Ontario : Pandora, 1980.
CAMERON, D.: Feminism & Linguistic Theory. 2nd Edition. London, Hampshire : Macmillan, 1992, p. 194.
The World Atlas of Language Structures Online. [online]. [2020-03-30]. Available at: <http://wals.info/
chapter/31>.
Studies
page 51
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
more gender possibilities in cultures, but don’t be misled by any confirmation bias, it isn’t true:
A hundred more examples will show that the connection is arbitrary.26
But, and here comes the exciting part: with the help of surveys and computerized tests
we are nowadays in a position to check up on theories like that in the most precise way. Today
you can watch a TED-talk video from Lera Boroditsky (a cognitive scientist) who takes a NeoWhorfian approach, claiming, that nowadays we do have all the data we need.27 We know, she
explains, that people whose language order puts time vertically rather than horizontally, are
faster to orientate the vertical way, or orienting by directions as north and south changes how
they put things in order. So, yes, there is data. Yes, it is empirical. It also might have something
to do with the writing direction in these cultures but, as John McWhorter shows impressively
in The Language Hoax,28 often the differences are about milliseconds and therefore without
measurable influence on the everyday lives of people, because in the end, every language can
express anything and we are more similar than we are different. From an egalitarian point of
view this could be considered the preferable outcome. Boroditsky also talks about something
that got hold of German public language: gender in language and how it shapes thought. She
explains that in languages such as German a bridge has a female article and in tests people
characterize it with female stereotypes: beautiful, elegant, etc. In languages in which bridge has
a male article, people would say strong, robust, etc. She suggests the article is changing the
view of the world. But is it really? Isn’t it rather a chicken-egg-problem and the meaning was
there before the word even existed, as so often happens? Because maybe history of language
might tell us,29 that articles in Indo-Germanic languages had other dimensions of indicating
meaning attached to them as e.g. in the Germanic language things of use around the household
would have a female article, no matter which language they originated from, or what article or
gender they might have been used with in another language? The historic development, parts
of comparative linguistics and the arbitrariness of language is ignored in Neo-Whorfianism.
Well: Words don’t arise out of a vacuum, and their history is a muddy one.
5.2 Reframing to raise awareness
The second argument brought forward with empirical work done on it is that language raises
awareness and challenges prejudices. Now we arrived not only at the researching but also the
consulting part: linguists try to raise awareness and „reframe“.
There seem to exist quite a number of linguistic consultants in the world of media and
politics like e.g. George Lakoff and Elisabeth Wehling.30 Suggesting new terms, as McWhorter
noted about Lakoff, or even new phrases or framing, works only for a limited period.31 Steven
26
27
28
29
30
31
CORBET, C. G.: Number of Genders. Sex-based and Non-sex-based Gender Systems. Systems of Gender
Assignment. In DRYER, M. S., HASPELMATH, M. (eds.): The World Atlas of Language Structures Online.
Leipzig : Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, 2013. [online]. [2018-03-30]. Available at:
<http://wals.info/chapter/31>.
BORODITSKY, L.: How language shapes the way we think. TEDWomen 2017. New Orleans : Ted Conference
2017. (Full Video) HD. [online]. [2020-01-08]. Available at: <https://www.ted.com/talks/lera_boroditsky_
how_language_shapes_the_way_we_think#t-405269>.
MCWHORTER, J. H.: The Language Hoax. Why the World Looks the Same in Any Language. New York :
Oxford University Press, 2014, p. 37.
See also: ALVANOUDI, A.: Aspects of the meaning of gender. In International Journal of Language and
Culture, 2016, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 56-67.
See also: JOHNSON, M., LAKOFF, G.: Metaphors We Live By. London : University of Chicago Press, 2003;
WEHLING, E.: Politisches Framing. Wie eine Nation sich ihr Denken einredet – und daraus Politik macht.
Bonn : Bundeszentrale für Politische Bildung, 2017.
MCWHORTER, J. H.: The Language Hoax. The World Looks the Same in Any Language. New York : Oxford
University Press, 2014, p. 230.
page 52
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Pinker coined the term „euphemism treadmill“. This refers to the simple fact that people are
not supposed to use one word, so they will use another to replace it and in no time it will fulfil
the previous one’s function, fill the semantic hole and sound as tainted as the original one. But
what is it, that „sound“? It is the everlasting game between connotation and denotation. And
we knew those things – which mean they have been checked empirically – before all of those
theories above evolved.
In 1880 a book was published in Germany by the linguist and lexicographer Hermann Paul
who put the German language under close examination. It was called “The principles of the
history Language”.32 One of the most intriguing chapters is called Language shift, examining the
question of how language changes. He also (with quite some casualness) made a distinction
between change of phones, of the form and how a word sounds differently than in earlier
stages of the language, and the shift of meaning. For example he takes the German word
for woman „Frau“: If a word is overused it is likely to lose connotations, and the meaning will
widen, the word derived from the medieval „frôwe“, which in the beginning meant a noble
woman, and later became the word for all women, pushing aside the word „wîp“. So it lost
the connotation of aristocratic heritage. Was there a powerful uprising of women in the Middle
Ages we somehow missed? By no means. But minstrels and poets started to use the word in
their songs for common women, to express how special they were in their eyes. The habit got
picked up by common people and voilà: The meaning changed. To fill the semantic gap for
aristocratic women, „noble“ had to be explicitly added after this change.
What happens, if a word gets lost or prohibited? Attempts to change language forcefully are
to be found all through history, the phenomenon is nothing new. Does the meaning disappear?
We know that words disappear, if whatever they named goes out of existence or use. But the
other way around? The connotation just happily hops onto the next best thing. People just
would use the next best word in the previous sense and that’s what it would become. We
might just overuse words like „cunt“ or „nigger“ and the connotation will wash out eventually,
if we try to use it in an alternative context, it might just lose the connotation of being an insult.
A strategy adapted for example by the Hip-Hop group N.W.A („Niggaz With Attitudes“). The
effect was rather small as language change only happens when applied from the great mass of
speakers of any language. Alternatively applied only to whites the word might lose the meaning
of referring to what nowadays seems to be called „POC“. With „cunt“we have the connotations
of an insult, female and genitalia. Would we only apply it to men, then most likely it would lose
connotation of referring to females. Applied in a more neutral sense or even pet name it might
lose its insulting quality. So we can see now how it works, but is this helpful? What happened,
when the new Soviet regime in Russia introduced the word „activist” in a positive manner? It
became a slur.
Also something else happens with phrases of inclusion, as it is happening with singular
words that are prone to another common misbelief: Just by telling everyone the word they are
using is a racist or sexist insult, they will stop using it, and both those things will be abolished in
perpetuity. Sometimes the terms are then used in ironical ways – even in polite form unfriendly
content can appear, as e.g. in Vienna even the word „person“ can be used as an insult. If there
is meaning to be expressed, it will find its expression. The trouble with framing and substitution
of phrases by linguistic consultants is that they are not long lived, because of the euphemism
treadmill.
32
PAUL, H.: Principien der Sprachgeschichte. 2nd Edition. Halle : Max Niemeyer, 1886, p. 66.
Studies
page 53
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
5.3 Solid data?
Taking a hard look at the empirical research also means taking a closer look at all the studies
out there, claiming to have figured out exactly how language and society influence each other.
In Germany’s official state communication people are now obligated to use the male and
the female form in any reference to humans, to make the female part of a group „visible“. Not
only does this already seem troublesome for those who are neither male nor female, but we
have already taken a look at the Quechua. There are a lot of people doing research on this,
there are more than 80.000 articles with the subject of gender and language on academia.eu,
a lot of them purely theoretical reproducing the theoretical claims I’ve already talked about in
the first parts of this article and quite a view thousand, empirical research papers.
We are left with some hard methodological troubles in any case: firstly some papers stay
purely theoretical on the weak legs I examined, but there are also questions about the quality of
research: participants are often from the own peer group of those creating the surveys and are
therefore trying to prove the point about the power of language, students from the very same
field or within the same ideological bubble. As we always have trouble finding participants for
empirical work, this has remained something challenging for a pretty long time. In fact people
in the linguistic field themselves complain about it.
Secondly the time frame between theoretical work and empirical study is sometimes
worrisome. Is data fully reliable, if a theory (e.g. language shapes the world) is propagated
for thirty to forty years in a certain social field and afterwards data is collected in exactly that
field, asking women, if they might have the feeling, that they are not included, if they are not
mentioned? This circumstance has been discussed in academia at least since the 1960s, and
at least since the 1980s in the media. I was invited to participate in a study, that was much more
a questionnaire than a survey even in 2019 when awareness in the media for these subjects
already broadly exists. In this flood of articles I’ve mentioned before, the earliest surveys asking
these questions can be found in the 1980s.33 Possible solutions would be to repeat surveys
in intervals to research the influence of academical framing of what language is supposed to,
as much as language shift requiring diverse groups of participants, which means to look for
new ways to find participants or to observe language in the sociotope of social media, where
speech acts are not academically framed at all. Our data is not exactly rock solid.
Thirdly the surveys and studies mentioned in books claiming, that language influences
culture in a certain way, as in Elisabeth Wehling’s34 or Guy Deutscher’s35 work, do seem to have
enormously low replication rates and in psychological journals a quite unsettling dominant
publication bias seems to exist:36 What doesn’t prove the theory but contradicts it, will simply
not get published. From a purely methodological, scientific point of view this is catastrophic.
There is no solution to terms and phrases being coined to make them last longer, especially
since the internet language shift goes ever faster and in turn the treadmill turns faster with it.
Still, the correlation of reframing and language shift would be an interesting field to research
on its own. Bias in the academical field has to be worked on with a higher priority.
33
34
35
36
This claim is due to the fact, that in all the online sources I checked looking for answers, I could not find
any studies trying to answer this question before the 1980s. If you happen to find early studies on the
subject please feel free to contact me.
See also: WEHLING, E.: Politisches Framing. Wie eine Nation sich ihr Denken einredet – und daraus Politik
macht. Bonn : Bundeszentrale für Politische Bildung, 2017.
See also: DEUTSCHER, G.: Through the Language Glass. Why the World Looks Different in Other Languages.
New York : Metropolitan Books, 2010.
BARGH, J. A.: Estimating Reproducibility of Psychology (No. 140): An Open Post-Publication Peer-Review.
[online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://replicationindex.com/category/priming/>.
page 54
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
6. Conclusion
I am not claiming that language shouldn’t be changed, out of crude conservativism, and that
language would deteriorate simply because of change. Language has always changed, even
though it might have been slowed down by the invention of printing techniques and sped up
again by the internet. When an expression for something is necessary in a society, words will
appear and the more people are using them, the better the chance the words will stick around
for a while. There is definitely a chance for the they/them pronoun for example, especially
because it already is historically grown.37 None of the purely theoretical arguments hold up, as
they seem to collide with other theories and empirical work can’t back them up. No matter how
much research is invested in the subject, we don’t have exact knowledge about language and
its influence on culture or the thinking human being. Therefore the claim that speech policing
will provide certain predictable influence in reality remains unproven.
Bibliography and sources
ALVANOUDI, A.: Aspects of the meaning of gender. In International Journal of Language and
Culture, 2016, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 56-67. ISSN 2214–3157.
AUSTIN, J. L.: How to Do Things with Words. The William James Lectures delivered at Harvard
University in 1955. London : Oxford Clarendon, 1962.
BARTHES, R.: The Death of the Author. London : Taylor & Francis, 2018.
BARON, D.: What’s your pronoun? London : Liveright, 2020.
BORODITSKY, L.: How language shapes the way we think. TEDWomen 2017. New Orleans :
Ted Conference 2017. (Full Video) HD. [online]. [2020-01-08]. Available at: <https://www.ted.
com/talks/lera_boroditsky_how_language_shapes_the_way_we_think#t-405269>.
BOURDIEU, P.: Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge : University Press, 1977.
BUTLER, J.: Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative. New York, London : Routledge,
1997.
BUTLER, J.: Gender Trouble. Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York, London :
Routledge, 1990.
CAMERON, D.: Feminism & Linguistic Theory. 2nd Edition. London, Hampshire : Macmillan, 1992.
CORBET, C. G.: Number of Genders. Sex-based and Non-sex-based Gender Systems. Systems
of Gender Assignment. In DRYER, M. S., HASPELMATH, M. (eds.): The World Atlas of Language
Structures Online. Leipzig : Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, 2013. [online].
[2018-03-30]. Available at: <http://wals.info/chapter/31>.
DELEUZE, G.: Logic of Sense. London, Oxford : Bloomsbury Academic, 2015.
DERRIDA, J.: Of Grammatology. 40th Anniversary Edition. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University
Press, 2016.
DE SAUSSURE, F.: Course de linguistique générale. Paris, Saint Germain : Éditions Poyot &
Rivages, 1997.
DEUTSCHER, G.: Through the Language Glass. Why the World Looks Different in Other
Languages. New York : Metropolitan Books, 2010.
FOUCAULT, M.: The Essential Works of Michel Foucault 1954-1984. 3rd Edition. London :
Penguin, 2002.
FOUCAULT, M.: „Was ist ein Autor?“. In JANNIDIS, F. et al. (eds.): Texte zur Theorie der
Autorschaft. Stuttgart : Reclam, 2000, p. 198–229.
LACAN, J.: Ecrits: The First Complete Edition in English. New York : Norton & Company, 2008.
JOHNSON, M., LAKOFF, G.: Metaphors We Live By. London : University of Chicago Press, 2003.
37
See also: BARON, D.: What’s your pronoun?. London : Liveright, 2020.
Studies
page 55
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
MCWHORTER, J. H.: The Language Hoax. Why the World Looks the Same in Any Language.
New York : Oxford University Press, 2014.
NIEGOT, A.: „Es ist in Namen, dass wir denken.“ Sprache und Denken bei Hegel. DuisburgEssen : LINSE, 2004.
PAUL, H.: Principien der Sprachgeschichte. 2nd Edition. Halle : Max Niemeyer, 1886.
SAID, E. W.: Orientalism: Western Conceptions of the Orient. 25th Anniversary Edition. London :
Penguin Classics, 1995.
SEARLE, J. R.: Geist, Sprache und Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a. M. : Suhrkamp, 2004.
SPENDER, D.: Man Made Language. Ontario : Pandora, 1980.
WEHLING, E.: Politisches Framing. Wie eine Nation sich ihr Denken einredet – und daraus Politik
macht. Bonn : Bundeszentrale für Politische Bildung, 2017.
WHORF, B. L.: Language, Thought, and Reality: Selected Writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf.
Cambridge : MIT Press Ltd., 2012.
WITTGENSTEIN, L: Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus. Asheville : Chiron Academic, 2016.
WITTGENSTEIN, L.: The Blue and Brown Books. New York : Harper Torchbooks, 1965.
BRIDGES, J.: The Search for „The Essence of Human Language“. In VERHEGGEN, C. (ed.):
Wittgenstein and Davidson on Language, Thought, and Action. Toronto : Cambridge University
Press, 2017, p. 139-159.
Author
Mag. Cordula Simon
Hochsteingasse 17/25
8010 Graz
AUSTRIA
cordulasimon@gmx.at
Cordula Simon, born in 1986 in Graz, studied German and Russian Philology and Gender Studies in Graz
and Odessa. She worked on workshops and in management for the Jugend-Literatur-Werkstatt Graz until
2011, and has lived in Graz and occasionally in Odessa as a free writer ever since. Besides published stories
and articles in various journals her fourth novel „Der Neubauer“ was published in 2018 (Residenz, Vienna),
she has also had articles printed in JIPSS (Journal for Intelligence, Propaganda and Security Studies). So
far she has been awarded with the manuskripte-Förderpreis, Gustav-Regler-Förderpreis des Saarländischen
Rundfunks, and nominated for the Ingeborg-Bachmann-Preis 2013 amongst other acknowledgments.
page 56
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Kristián Pribila
Ana Catarina Monteiro
Interactive Digital Narratives: A Close
Reading Of Bandersnatch To Analyze
The Aesthetic Relations With The User
ABSTRACT
Computational and interactive technologies are ubiquitous and play an increasingly important
role in our daily lives. From the oral language to the written word and printing, we have been
building and expanding our capacity to provide information and present it through fictional or
non-fictional narratives, allowing newfangled models through which we learn and interpret the
world. As new representations transformed these new digital environments, through procedural,
encyclopedic, spatial, and participative affordances, narratives have also changed and afforded
a set of different scenarios, where users are given the possibility to experience and understand
the same system by exploring different paths. Interactive digital narratives are open and complex
works that cross different approaches, research fields, and emerging technologies, but are always
shaped by interaction, from creation to reception. They also explore social, cultural, ideological,
and aesthetic elements, where it is significant to comprehend how these computational formats
can help us to allow new positions and points of view, modeling how we construct meaning,
examining the relationship between user and technology and how human beings perceive
the world. Analyzing the aesthetic qualities of the Netflix production Bandersnatch through
immersion, agency, and transformation, and combining these with an analytical framework
that studies the dimensions of user experience, we develop a close reading, that analyzes
the development of aesthetic relations and its transformational potential in interactive digital
narratives.
KEY WORDS
Interactive digital narratives. Aesthetic. Interaction. Bandersnatch.
Studies
page 57
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
Over the last few decades, we have witnessed several situations where computer and interactive
systems have become an integral part of all aspects of our social and cultural life. From this
ubiquity of the new digital media, it is essential to look at the variety of formats that arise from
here.
The narrative, considered one of the most fundamental cognitive mechanisms for
understanding the world, presents itself as a critical factor by which it is possible to build
diverse dialogue relations, capable of helping individuals and societies. „A narrative is a sign
with a signifier (discourse) and a signified (story, mental image, semantic representation).“1
Interactive digital narratives (IDN), apart from being reinforced by the characteristic of
procedurally, where the computer as an artifact capable of executing a set of rules, becomes
an attractive vehicle for telling stories,2 supports all the other features of digital environments,
being therefore participatory, spatial and encyclopedic.3 To the extent that procedurally, and
participation generally correspond to the complex meaning attributed to the word interaction,
their ability to represent navigable spaces, as well as the ability to expose enormous amounts of
information in digital format, is related to the fact that they are immersive.4 Thus, and because
all these characteristics determine them, the IDN, is also characterized by presenting a duality
surface and subface,5 where „we do not usually have access to the subface (...) which is the
algorithm, the description of the class, the program-and-data. In the same manner of describing
the situation, the surface is the image on the screen, in projection, be it still or dynamic, passive,
or interactive.“6 This complexity makes these digital artifacts into open works that are works in
progress, whose embodiment is manifested in movements, places, collective dynamics, but
no longer in individuals expressing themselves in „art without a signature“ or art with multiple
signatures.7 It affects not only the nature and form of the narratives themselves but also the
relationships that both authors and users can develop between them.8
The creators of IDN must have the capability to project a system in a mode that the contents
can appear in the imagination of the users as if they were truly there. That way, the narratives
are understood as mental constructions in which the action and interaction of the user to the
system trigger responses.9 Thus, for Murray, the success of any interactive digital narrative is
its „dramatic agency.“ By defining the concept of agency as a result of the attractive exploration
of procedural and participatory properties and the result of user expectations aroused by a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RYAN, M. L.: Beyond myth and metaphor: Narrative in digital media. In Game Studies, 2001, Vol. 1, No. 1,
p. 1. [online]. [2020-02-05]. Available at: <http://www.gamestudies.org/0101/ryan/>.
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p. 99.
MURRAY, J.: Inventing the medium: Principles of Interaction Design as a Cultural Practice. London : MIT
Press, 2012, p. 51.
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p.120.
NAKE, F.: The Disappearing Masterpiece. In VERDICCHIO, M., CLIFFORD, A., RANGEL, A., CARVALHAIS, M.
(eds.): xCoAx 2016: Proceedings of the fourth conference on Computation, Communication, Aesthetics, and
X. Bergamo : Universidade do Porto Praça Gomes Teixeira, 2016, p. 16. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available
at: <http://2016.xcoax.org/xcoax2016.pdf>.
Ibid., p. 16.
CARVALHAIS, M.: Artificial Aesthetics: Creative Practices in Computational Art and Design. Porto : UPorto
Edições, 2016, p. 233.
CARVALHAIS, M., CARDOSO, P.: Empathy in the Ergodic Experience of Computational Aesthetics. In
ADEBAYO, R., FAROUK, I., JONES, S., RAPEANEMATHONSI, M. (eds.): Proceedings of the 24th International
Symposium on Electronic Art. South Africa, Durban : Faculty of Arts and Design, Durban University of
Technology, 2018, p. 222. [online]. [2020-02-15]. Available at: <http://www.isea-international.org/
isea2018/>.
KOENITZ, H.: Towards a Specific Theory of Interactive Digital Narrative. NY : Routledge, 2016, p. 93.
page 58
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
highly interactive environment, leading them to act in a way that results in a set of appropriate
responses to the digital environment in which they are inserted,10 she explains that:
„To create dramatic agency the designer must create transparent interaction conventions
(like clicking on the image of a garment to put it on the player’s avatar) and map them onto
actions which suggest rich story possibilities (like donning a magic cloak and suddenly becoming
invisible) within clear story stories with dramatically focused episodes (such as, an opportunity
to spy on enemy conspirators in a fantasy role-playing game).“11
Therefore, IDN provide a set of different scenarios in which we understand the same events
in different ways, and we recreate the same starting points to give multiple results.12 Accordingly,
these narratives are amplified and transformed repeatedly through space and time and described
as a „medium that we use instrumentally as a tool while communicating with it as a medium.“13
This way, they contribute to the recollection of certain information and new forms of identity,
having effects on individual human beings and humanity, altering the view of the world as well
as the intellectual capacities themselves.14 Thus, IDN are also considered „dispositifs“ defined
by Foucault15 as something that refers to the broader social, cultural, ideological, and aesthetic
elements that organize knowledge and power relations.
This impact led by IDN becomes possible due to the aesthetic qualities that they present
and that are characterized by Immersion, Agency, and Transformation.16 Stories are constructed
by the power of transportation inside the narrative, identification with the characters, and taking
responsibility for actions.17 The experience of being transported to a simulated place is called
immersion, which may require a pure flood of sensations into the mind, but involves learning
to do the things that the new environment makes possible.18 As an aesthetic value, „immersion
requires consistency and detail, and most of all a careful regulation of the boundary between
the imaginary and the real.“19 Besides that, its action is even more significant when there is
a combination between immersion and interactivity, producing a significant Active Creation
of Belief, translated by the attention we give to the surrounding world and the way we use
intelligence to reinforce this idea instead of questioning the reality of experience.20
If the sensation of immersion into the narrative world is well played, more actively, we
want to act within it. When this performance presents tangible results, we are faced with the
second aesthetic quality of IDN - the Agency. Already mentioned above, it translates into the
rewarding ability to carry out actions and see the result of these decisions and choices, and
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
MURRAY, J.: Inventing the medium: Principles of Interaction Design as a Cultural Practice. London : MIT
Press, 2012, p. 9.
MURRAY, J.: Research into Interactive Digital Narrative: A Kaleidoscopic View. In Interactive Storytelling,
11th International Conference on Interactive Digital Storytelling. Dublin, Ireland : Springer, 2018, p. 12.
[online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-04028-4_1>.
Ibid.
NAKE, F.: Human-computer interaction: signs and signals interfacing. In Languages of design, 1994, Vol.
2, No. 2, p. 4. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/37915572_
Human-computer_interaction_Signs_and_signals_interfacing>.
CARVALHAIS, M.: Artificial Aesthetics: Creative Practices in Computational Art and Design. Porto : UPorto
Edições, 2016, p. 71.
FOUCAULT, M.: Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings 1972-1977. NY : Pantheon
Books, 1980, p. 202.
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p. 13.
JENKINS, K. M.: Choose your own adventure: interactive narratives and attitude change. [Dissertation
Thesis]. Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2014, p. 97.
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p. 99.
Ibid., p. 120.
Ibid., p. 107.
Studies
page 59
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
it „requires two kinds of scripting - coding the actions of the digital system, and cueing the
action of the interactor.“21
The transformational characteristic of the computer is particularly attractive for IDN. for
the freedom they have in showing a set of events that can be changed according to multiple
points of view. To this view, Murray calls it the „kaleidoscopic“ approach as a composite made
up of fragments and emphasized the creation of coherent multi sequential narrative forms that
foster a more sophisticated understanding of systems of behaviour.22
Focusing on the aesthetic qualities of interactive digital narratives and converging on an
analytical framework motivated from here, we want to effort and demonstrate how these kind
of narratives can be a compelling link of communication between the users and the system.
2. Methodology
Interactive digital narratives explore the affordances of the digital medium and are reinforced
by the ability to allow users to experience the narrative and to feel that their actions have
some meaningful effect. Over the last hundred years, the term interaction „that described the
reciprocal actions that occur primarily in biological, chemical, and physiological processes,“23
has undergone numerous changes. Christoph Neuberger, quoted in Kwastek,24 explains that
nowadays, interaction is based both on feedback processes and on the cognitive elaboration
of those same processes. To this extent, the author states that the fundamental characteristics
of the interaction „include real-time exchange and presence, control and feedback, and the
selection and interpretation processes.“25
Roth and Koenitz26 decided to evaluate the user experience with IDN in 12 dimensions that
they grouped according to the aesthetic qualities of agency, immersion, and transformation.27
Although they organize the dimensions in this way, the authors reveal that there is a close and
inter-relational relationship between them, since, for example, a user who experiences agency,
automatically becomes more immersed. This framework, which combines several dimensions
related to the user experience with characteristics specific to IDN, allows an analysis of the
possible relationships that are created between users and the system itself.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p. 144.
Ibid., p. 169.
KWASTEK, K.: Aesthetics of Interaction in Digital Art. Cambridge, Mass., United States : The MIT Press,
2015, p. 5.
Ibid., p. 6.
Ibid., p. 6.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Evaluating the user experience of interactive digital narrative. In CHAMBEL, T.,
KAISER, R., NIAMUT, O., OOI, W. T., REDI, J. R. (eds.): Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on
Multimedia Alternate Realities. Amsterdam, The Netherlands : ACM, 2016, p. 32. [online]. [2020-02-25].
Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/308986296_Evaluating_the_User_Experience_
of_Interactive_Digital_>.
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p. 13.
page 60
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
FIGURE 1: Table showing the dimensions for user experience
Source: ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Evaluating the user experience of interactive digital narrative. In CHAMBEL, T., KAISER, R.,
NIAMUT, O., OOI, W. T., REDI, J. R. (eds.): Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on Multimedia Alternate Realities.
Amsterdam, The Netherlands : ACM, 2016, p. 31-36. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/308986296_Evaluating_the_User_Experience_of_Interactive_Digital_>..
In the Agency category, we find the dimensions of Usability, Effectance, and Autonomy.
Usability refers to the system itself and the interaction design. In IDN, it mentions to how we
construct the interface that will come into contact with the user and, which relates directly to the
characteristics of „perceived effectance, autonomy, and satisfaction of the user’s expectations.“28
The better we consider the Usability, the higher the degree of involvement and reciprocity.
Effectance is about the outcome that a given action has on the narrative and the meaning it can
have for the story’s progression. It relates directly to Self-Determination Theory, „where people
are motivated to pursue actions that satisfy fundamental intrinsic needs for autonomy (sense
of volition or willingness when doing a task), competence (the need for challenge and feelings
of effectance), and social relatedness (the need to feel in touch with somebody else).“29 Thus,
actions that satisfy these characteristics are highly related to a feeling of belief, and because
of this, the authors of the framework distinguish two levels of effectance:
• The Local Effectance where users can view the immediate effects of their actions;
• The Global Effectance has more substantial influence and is highly related to the impact
that actions can have on the future of the narrative, and can lead to new situations.30
28
29
30
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York : Free Press, 1997,
p. 32.
ROTH, C.: Experiencing Interactive Storytelling. [Dissertation Thesis]. Amsterdam : VU University Amsterdam,
2015, p. 40.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Evaluating the user experience of interactive digital narrative. In CHAMBEL, T.,
KAISER, R., NIAMUT, O., OOI, W. T., REDI, J. R. (eds.): Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on
Multimedia Alternate Realities. Amsterdam, The Netherlands : ACM, 2016, p. 31-36. [online]. [2020-02-25].
Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/308986296_Evaluating_the_User_Experience_
of_Interactive_Digital_>.
Studies
page 61
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Autonomy is highly related to the independence of choosing within a series of options,
without the feeling of being pulled in a single direction. This dimension promotes a more engaging
and realistic world that leads proportionally to a higher perception of immersion. However, it can
be problematic, too, since more Autonomy does not always result in enjoyable experiences.31
The quality of immersion is divided into two types: perceptual immersion (Flow and
Presence) and narrative immersion (Role-identification, Believability, Curiosity, Suspense). Flow
is accomplished „if a state in the middle between boredom and anxiety occurs. Tasks that are
perceived as being too easy and not challenging can lead to disinterest and boredom, while tasks,
which are too tricky, can evoke frustration and stress.“32 Therefore the users experiencing flow
are genuinely engaged in their activity, and they feel immersed in their participatory activities,
causing them to experience the sense of Presence in the story world. Consequently, Presence
describes the sense of being present in a simulated world, which indicates being involved,
like they were transported inside the narrative and absorbed by the content and feelings that
they are representing.33
In the other kind of immersion, the narrative one, Believability, „refers to the active creation
of belief that requires a reactive environment in which the interactor experiences agency, while
the narrative evolves in a plausible way and characters react in a credible manner.“34 The RoleIdentification characteristic is about identifying with a virtual character and the feeling of being
anyone and can generate states like reduce self- discrepancies and increase self-esteem.35
Curiosity is related to the capability to produce and support users’ interest in the narrative
and is considered a profound emotional state with the impact of retaining the user in the IDN
experience for longer.36 Relate with Curiosity is Suspense, defined by conflicting emotional
components, such as states of anxiety or stress. Nevertheless, the dimension of Suspense is
achieved when we follow the previous states by a secure experience of relief and satisfaction
or even sadness.37
Lastly, concerning the qualities aesthetics of transformation, we have three dimensions:
Eudaimonic Appreciation, Positive and Negative Affect, and Enjoyment. Eudaimonic Appreciation
is „the link that connects the aesthetic presentation to a personal dimension and its pleasurable
experience, which manifests itself in a sensory way, evoked by the image, music, camera angles,
narrative style, the narrative content or the characters.“38 While Positive Affect is connected to
gratification, the Negative Affect can have a double meaning. For example, something sad can
be seen as the best for the narrative itself. Finally, Enjoyment is the most general dimension
and is associated with a feeling of positive experience and emotion. This experience can be
related to the phenomenon of play that is driven by curiosity and make-belief.39
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
ROTH, C.: Experiencing Interactive Storytelling. [Dissertation Thesis]. Amsterdam : VU University Amsterdam,
2015, p. 69.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Evaluating the user experience of interactive digital narrative. In CHAMBEL, T.,
KAISER, R., NIAMUT, O., OOI, W. T., REDI, J. R. (eds.): Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on
Multimedia Alternate Realities. Amsterdam, The Netherlands : ACM, 2016, p. 33. [online]. [2020-02-25].
Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/308986296_Evaluating_the_User_Experience_
of_Interactive_Digital_>.
Ibid., p. 33.
Ibid., p. 34.
ROTH, C.: Experiencing Interactive Storytelling. [Dissertation Thesis]. Amsterdam : VU University
Amsterdam, 2015, p. 77.
Ibid., p. 46.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Evaluating the user experience of interactive digital narrative. In CHAMBEL, T.,
KAISER, R., NIAMUT, O., OOI, W. T., REDI, J. R. (eds.): Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on
Multimedia Alternate Realities. Amsterdam, The Netherlands : ACM, 2016, p. 34. [online]. [2020-02-25].
Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/308986296_Evaluating_the_User_Experience_
of_Interactive_Digital_>.
Ibid., p. 35.
Ibid., p. 35.
page 62
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Therefore, and through a minimal empirical analysis, we will evaluate the interactive movie
Bandersnatch40 and analyze how these dimensions are present in this IDN. The objective
is to understand whether the presence of dimensions that enable agency, immersion, and
transformation, provide changes in the relationship between user and system, enabling new
forms of interpretation with the subject and the represented work.
3. Results
Bandersnatch41 is an episode of the „Black Mirror“ series that was presented by Netflix. The
action takes place in the 1980s, in the United Kingdom, and focuses on the narrative of a game
developer aspirant.
PICTURE 1: Bandersnatch poster (2018)
Source: Screenshot, Bandersnatch, 2018
The audience has control over some crucial decisions during the episode, implemented
through the choice between two text options. It is also possible to watch the narrative without
any interaction since one of the two options is chosen automatically after a specified duration.
Additionally, there is also an invitation to repeat, which allows us to revisit decisions and find
paths and results that were not discovered at first sight. These various paths expose some of the
themes of the narrative, such as psychological issues, violence, and death. The user also has the
option to reach most of the endings that the narrative proposes without having to start from the
beginning. He can merely choose which interaction he wants to return to, allowing him to return
to the crucial moments that make new choices and paths possible. Also, „throughout the film,
viewers’ choices are shaped by their: esthetic preferences (e.g., choice of music), consumption
preferences (e.g., choice of breakfast cereal), backgrounds (e.g., older viewers may experience
nostalgia for the early adventure and computer games while younger viewers might regard
the film as a period drama full of quaint obsolescence), contextual information (e.g., if viewers
40
41
Bandersnatch. 2018. [online]. [2020-02-20]. Available at: <https://www.netflix.com/pt/title/80988062>.
Ibid.
Studies
page 63
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
have previously watched the Black Mirror episodes and are aware of its dystopian themes), and
technological affordances (e.g., having access to and being able to use a smartphone, a tablet,
a laptop, a smart TV, or a video game console on which the film can play).“42
PICTURE 2: Bandersnatch frame (2018)
Source: Screenshot, Bandersnatch, 2018
Roth and Koenitz43 conducted an audience reaction study based on the framework analyzed
in this context, to 32 students from an interactive narrative seminar at the University of the
Arts Utrecht (HKU). The results showed a positive reaction for usability and the impact on the
narrative’ progression, both at a local and global level. For the simple fact that the choice is only
possible in two options, the relationship with autonomy is weak, and it also did not convince
users from perceptual immersion. One of the reasons for this may be the fact that the roleidentification dimension had the lowest value of all dimensions, showing once again that they
are interrelated, and if one presents a low representation, it can automatically decrease the
possibility of manifesting other dimensions.
On the other hand, believability, suspense, and curiosity were both positively positioned,
showing the possibility of users being interested and excited by the narrative. After the
Bandersnatch experience, the authors found users in a more positive than a negative state,
constituting a sign of enjoyment and eudaimonic appreciation. It is possible to perceive
that the positive experience and the relationship of general understanding they had with the
narrative itself show the relevance of the transformational power and meaning of IDN, just as
the demonstrated agency is a sign of better relations between user and system.
Focusing on these results, we will now discuss in specific and do a close reading about
this interactive digital narrative.
42
43
EL NAHLA, N.: Black Mirror: Bandersnatch and how Netflix manipulates us, the new gods. In Consumption
Markets & Culture, 2019, Vol. 22, p. 2. [online]. [2020-03-15]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/335172351_Black_Mirror_Bandersnatch_and_how_Netflix_manipulates_us_the_new_gods>.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Bandersnatch, yea or nay? Reception and user experience of an interactive digital
narrative video. In Proceedings of the 2019 ACM International Conference on Interactive Experiences
for TV and Online Video. Salford (Manchester) United Kingdom : ACM, 2019, p. 250. [online]. [2020-0215]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/335392016_Bandersnatch_Yea_or_Nay_
Reception_and_User_Experience_of_an_Interactive_Digital_Narrative_Video>.
page 64
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
4. Discussion
When analyzing this framework, we do not intend to quantify the dimensions that may or may
not be present in the IDN that we propose to observe. We instead want to understand how
these dimensions are manifest through the narrative and the characteristics that they exhibit,
becoming able to perpetuate the relationship between user and system when they provide an
experience based on the attendance of elements in the categories of Agency, Immersion, and
Transformation.
The variation in the duration of the experience with Bandersnatch can take between 40 and
90 minutes, making it possible to predict the variations that may exist during the narrative. It
all starts on July 9, 1984, with the presentation of the main character - Stefan - waking up and
taking pills pointing in a direction that indicates some psychological problems. He meets his
father in the kitchen and tells him about the meeting he has at a video game company where he
will present his game. Bandersnatch is based on a book by Jerome F. Davies, which belonged
to his mother and which we soon realize is not present in his life.
In the next few minutes, we will be presented with the first interactions. The first is for the
choice of cereals the protagonist prefers for breakfast, and the second is about the music
Stefan will hear on the bus trip to the meeting. Both interactions do not influence any variation
from a narrative point of view; however, they are not devoid of meaning. The choice of cereals
later affects the TV commercial that Stefan watches. The choice of music not only decides
Colin Ritman’s musical preferences - a critical character - but also decides the soundtrack that
will accompany the rest of the story. Therefore, although insignificant, they determine some
characteristics of the plot. They represent an intention to adapt the user to the system, showing
them how to navigate with the keyboard, how to use the mouse, contributing to a good usability
experience and interaction design. However, and for a viewer who is not aware of these issues,
these first two interactions leave us thinking about the real effect that our choices may have
on narrative progression, and may even be seen with some frustration or boredom since we
have the perception that nothing changes.
FIGURE 2: Bandersnatch flowchart showing the two first interactions
Source: Screenshot, reddit.com, 15.03.2020.
Studies
page 65
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Moving forward, Stefan has a meeting with the CEO of Tuckersoft to present his game.
He meets Colin Ritman, another video game creator and one of his greatest idols. The CEO
invites him to program his game in the company, and we are presented with the third interaction
that is based on „accept“ or „refuse.“ If we accept, we are immediately transported to the
beginning of the narrative and arriving at the same point, we are obliged to refuse the job offer.
Once again, we are faced with some frustration and lack of autonomy because by casually
guiding users to a „right“ answer or offering a „Back“ button, Netflix takes away the possibility
of feeling independent.
The fourth interaction is in the office of Drª. Haynes, the protagonist’s therapist. She
questions if he wants to talk about what happened with his Mom. By choosing yes, we are led
to revisit an episode of Stefan when he was five years old and where we understand the cause
of his mother’s death and the guilt he feels, as well as his anger towards his father. These are
essential points, which make us understand the choices we are forced to make later, „inspired
by a type of interactivity that wants to reproduce the interaction between two human beings.“44
In this first part of the presentation of all the characters in the narrative, we feel obliged
to choose a path, so the feeling of agency, immersion, and transformation is rather reduced.
However, „the audience is introduced into the diegetic world represented on the screen, creating
a hybrid object with an ambiguous ontological nature, interplaying the position of spectator and
character.“45 Moreover, although these factors serve to increase the role-identification with the
character, it does not happen on a large scale.
As the narrative continues, the interactions that follow also begin to be more complex and to
have repercussions in the way they present different meanings, which result in multiple outcomes.
Consequently, almost every other decision the viewer has to make, drastically, affects the
plot, covering „issues of authorial control, government conspiracies, murder, suicide, paranoia,
madness, fate, free will and failure/success,“46 providing the viewer with ten different endings.
However, only five of them represent significant variations. Some are well resolved; others are
inconclusive, forcing users to go back and try another different option to continue with the plot.
For example, when Stefan’s father invites him to lunch, we have the option to choose between
„Throw Tea over Computer“ or „Yell at Dad.“ By choosing the first option, all of Stefan’s work
is lost, and this partly results in the end of the story. However, the narrative continues to the
moments before this interaction appears and forces us to choose „Yell at Dad“ so that we can
continue the plot. Once again, it contributes to a weak relationship with autonomy. Also, in two
other possible endings, the producer takes a metaphorical control. When Stefan demands an
answer to the question „Who is in control?“, one of the possible answers is „Netflix,“ leading to
yet another possibility where Stefan sees himself in the recordings of the Bandersnatch episode
itself, abruptly breaking with reality and the intentions that were being created.
44 GAUDENZI, S.: The Living Documentary: from representing reality to co-creating reality in digital interactive
documentary. [Dissertation Thesis]. Goldsmiths : University of London, 2013, p. 41.
45 NOGUEIRA, P.: INTERACTIVE AUDIENCES: viewers\users’ engagement in National Film Board of Canada’s
interactive documentaries. [Dissertation Thesis]. Porto : University of Porto, 2018, p. 209.
46 EL NAHLA, N.: Black Mirror: Bandersnatch and how Netflix manipulates us, the new gods. In Consumption
Markets & Culture, 2019, Vol. 22, p. 2. [online]. [2020-03-15]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/335172351_Black_Mirror_Bandersnatch_and_how_Netflix_manipulates_us_the_new_gods>.
page 66
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
PICTURE 3: Bandersnatch frame (2018)
Source: Screenshot, Bandersnatch, 2018
On the other hand, interactions like „Visit Dr. Haynes“ or „Follow Colin“ result in entirely
different narratives contributing to the positive relationship that users felt with the local and
global effect, as well as believability, suspense, and curiosity. Here Stefan may die, or he may
just be dreaming, and everything ends well, with the game being released and well received
by the critics, for example.
Studies
page 67
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
FIGURE 3: Bandersnatch flowchart
Source: Screenshot, reddit.com, 15.03.2020
Not being happy with any of these endings, we can try other different things, and although
in one of them we are forced to kill Stefan’s father, giving us no other possibility, the feeling
of enjoyment is positive because of the relationship we have been building with the narrative
until we get here.
page 68
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
PICTURE 4: Bandersnatch frame (2018)
Source: Screenshot, Bandersnatch, 2018
Although Bandersnatch is not concerning any social or cultural perspective, it is a project
about personal thoughts and memories that serve to create a set of fragments of human
emotions and reflections47 - Eudaimonic Appreciation and Positive or Negative Affect. A general
Enjoyment is associated, in this case, with the characteristic of play and to be part of this
movement, leading through a cathartic transformation.48
5. Conclusions
Interactive digital narratives constitute an expressive and emerging form, based on procedural
rules and presenting a cognitive function, which is reproduced in a variety of ways, being a
„forgiving, flexible cognitive frame for constructing, communicating, and reconstructing mentally
projected worlds.“49 They offer a dramatic agency, giving to the IDN the ability to influence the
development of characters, the sequence of events or even the final result, and can be interactive
videos, museum installations, location-based games, electronic literature, or augmented reality,50
among others.
We have decided to analyze the new readings incited in the relationship between subject and
system, which can arise from the aesthetic qualities of Agency, Immersion, and Transformation
presented in the IDN.
When a user engages with the system, a process is created, with a form defined by the
actions carried out by the user, as well as the opportunities given by the system. The resulting
product describes the different results that come from the same source (system) through the
47
48
49
50
KWASTEK, K.: Aesthetics of Interaction in Digital Art. Cambridge, Mass., United States : The MIT Press,
2015, p. 254.
Ibid., p. 259.
HERMAN, D.: Story logic: Problems and possibilities of narrative. Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press,
2004, p. 49.
MURRAY, J.: Research into Interactive Digital Narrative: A Kaleidoscopic View. In CARDONA-RIVIERA, R.
E., SULLIVAN, A., YOUNG, R. M. (eds.): Interactive Storytelling, 11th International Conference on Interactive
Digital Storytelling. Little Cottonwood Canyon, UT, USA : Springer, Cham, 2018, p. 14. [online]. [2020-0225]. Available at: <https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-04028-4_1>.
Studies
page 69
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
participatory process. Hence, IDN assume interaction in which a participant engages with the
computer program to produce the output:51
„The resulting product of interactive digital narrative — a single walkthrough — represents
an instantiated narrative. Given the participatory process and the procedural nature of IDN,
very different narrative products can originate from the same system—any concrete product
represents only one particular instantiation.“52
The aim of this output is fundamentally a question of language and not any kind of language
but the specific language utilized by developers and users.53 This way is not only made of words
and programming conventions but also personal desires, prejudices, cultural assumptions,
and social beliefs.
Nonetheless, in this cultural-technological approach, any physical device or psychological
characteristic positioned between the user and the digital environment, provide by McLuhan’s54
vision, an extension to the human body, in which “the user experiences a transforming encounter
with the world via the direct experience and interpretation of the technology itself”.55 Regardless,
and according to the post phenomenological approach, it is possible to explore the relationship
between body and technology and how the latter induces bodily experiences of interacting
with it and, consequently, shapes how the human beings perceive the world.56
Additionally, they reflect upon one another - new modes of communication and
intersubjectivity. Intersubjectivity is a reflexive operation and a process whereby „the audience
shifts between subjective and objective states, and in the first place, it was defined as interactions
that happen between two or more human beings in the physical world.“57 However, they started
to be also studied as exchanges that occur between the conscious agents of the work (primarily
characters, but in whichever form they take), and between the interlocutor and those same
agents (which is also, in essence, interaction with the creator).58 We understand this meaningmaking process from a cognitive perspective, where narratologies such Herman, Bordwell or
Marie-Laure Ryan said that the process of giving meaning to a narrative is a cognitive construct,
or mental image, built by the interpreter in response to the narrative construct.59
Since the felt perceptual and narrative immersion, the control and autonomy over the actions
taken, as well as the responsibility and the meaningful and pleasant relationship built with the
object, IDN are a vehicle of influence in future behaviours that promote a different scheme of
representations, capable of helping to overcome antagonisms.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
KOENITZ, H.: Design Approaches for Interactive Digital Narrative. In SCHOENAU-FOG, H., BRUNI, L.
E., LOUCHART, S., BACEVICIUTE, S. (eds.): International Conference on Interactive Digital Storytelling.
Copenhagen, Dennmark : Springer, Cham, 2015, p. 98. [online]. [2020-03-05]. Available at: <https://www.
researchgate.net/publication/289522985_Design_Approaches_for_Interactive_Digital_Narrative>.
Ibid., p. 98.
CRAMER, F.: The Creative common misunderstanding. [online]. [2020-03-17]. Available at: <https://
noemalab.eu/org/sections/ideas/ideas_articles/pdf/cramer_cc_misunderstanding.pdf>.
MCLUHAN, M.: Understanding media: the extensions of man. Massachussetts : MIT Press, 1994, p. 3.
ROSENBERGER, R., VERBEEK, P. P.: Postphenomenological investigations: essays on human-technology
relations. Lanham, MD : Lexington Books, 2015, p. 17.
IHDE, D.: Technology and the Lifeworld: From Garden to Earth. Bloomington : Indiana University Press,
1990, p. 77.
PRUS, R. C.: Symbolic interaction and ethnographic research: Intersubjectivity and the study of human
lived experience. NY : SUNY Press, 1996, p. 106.
MERLO, S.: Narrative, Story, Intersubjectivity: Formulating a Continuum for Examining Transmedia Storytelling.
[Dissertation Thesis]. Australia : Murdoch University, 2014, p. 104.
ROTH, C., VAN NUENEN, T., KOENITZ, H.: Ludonarrative Hermeneutics: A Way Out and the Narrative Paradox.
In ROUSE? R., KOENITZ, H., HAAHR, M. (eds.): Interactive Storytelling - 11th International Conference on
Interactive Digital Storytelling. Dublin, Ireland : Springer, Cham, 2018, p. 7. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available
at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/329066643_Ludonarrative_Hermeneutics_A_Way_
Out_and_the_Narrative_Paradox>.
page 70
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Bibliography and sources
Bandersnatch. 2018. [online]. [2020-02-20]. Available at: <https://www.netflix.com/pt/
title/80988062>.
CARVALHAIS, M.: Artificial Aesthetics: Creative Practices in Computational Art and Design.
Porto : UPorto Edições, 2016.
CARVALHAIS, M., CARDOSO, P.: Empathy in the Ergodic Experience of Computational Aesthetics.
In ADEBAYO, R., FAROUK, I., JONES, S., RAPEANEMATHONSI, M. (eds.): Proceedings of the
24th International Symposium on Electronic Art. South Africa, Durban : Faculty of Arts and
Design, Durban University of Technology, 2018, p. 220-227. [online]. [2020-02-15]. Available
at: <http://www.isea-international.org/isea2018/>.
CRAMER, F.: The Creative common misunderstanding. [online]. [2020-03-17]. Available at:
<https://noemalab.eu/org/sections/ideas/ideas_articles/pdf/cramer_cc_misunderstanding.pdf>.
EL NAHLA, N.: Black Mirror: Bandersnatch and how Netflix manipulates us, the new gods.
In Consumption Markets & Culture, 2019, Vol. 22, p. 1-6. [online]. [2020-03-15]. Available at:
<https://www.researchgate.net/publication/335172351_Black_Mirror_Bandersnatch_and_how_
Netflix_manipulates_us_the_new_gods>.
FOUCAULT, M.: Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings 1972-1977. NY :
Pantheon Books, 1980.
GAUDENZI, S.: The Living Documentary: from representing reality to co-creating reality in digital
interactive documentary. [Dissertation Thesis]. Goldsmiths : University of London, 2013, p. 280.
HERMAN, D.: Story logic: Problems and possibilities of narrative. Lincoln : University of Nebraska
Press, 2004.
IHDE, D.: Technology and the Lifeworld: From Garden to Earth. Bloomington : Indiana University
Press, 1990.
JENKINS, K. M.: Choose your own adventure: interactive narratives and attitude change.
[Dissertation Thesis]. Chapel Hill : University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2014, p. 97.
KOENITZ, H.: Design Approaches for Interactive Digital Narrative. In SCHOENAU-FOG, H.,
BRUNI, L. E., LOUCHART, S., BACEVICIUTE, S. (eds.): International Conference on Interactive
Digital Storytelling. Copenhagen, Dennmark : Springer, Cham, 2015, p. 50-57. [online]. [2020-0305]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/publication/289522985_Design_Approaches_
for_Interactive_Digital_Narrative>.
KOENITZ, H.: Towards a Specific Theory of Interactive Digital Narrative. NY : Routledge, 2016.
KWASTEK, K.: Aesthetics of Interaction in Digital Art. Cambridge : The MIT Press, 2015.
MCLUHAN, M.: Understanding media : the extensions of man. Massachussetts : MIT Press, 1994.
MERLO, S.: Narrative, Story, Intersubjectivity: Formulating a Continuum for Examining Transmedia
Storytelling. [Dissertation Thesis]. Australia : Murdoch University, 2014, p. 352.
MURRAY, J.: Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. NY : Free Press,
1997.
MURRAY, J.: Inventing the medium: Principles of Interaction Design as a Cultural Practice.
London : MIT Press, 2012.
MURRAY, J.: Research into Interactive Digital Narrative: A Kaleidoscopic View. In Interactive
Storytelling, 11th International Conference on Interactive Digital Storytelling. Dublin, Ireland :
Springer, 2018, p. 3-20. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://link.springer.com/
chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-04028-4_1>.
NAKE, F.: Human-computer interaction: signs and signals interfacing. In Languages of design,
1994, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 193-205. ISSN 11394218. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://
www.researchgate.net/publication/37915572_Human-computer_interaction_Signs_and_signals_
interfacing>.
Studies
page 71
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
NAKE, F.: The Disappearing Masterpiece. In VERDICCHIO, M., CLIFFORD, A., RANGEL, A.,
CARVALHAIS, M. (eds.): xCoAx 2016: Proceedings of the fourth conference on Computation,
Communication, Aesthetics, and X. Bergamo : Universidade do Porto Praça Gomes Teixeira,
2016, p. 11-26. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <http://2016.xcoax.org/xcoax2016.pdf>.
NOGUEIRA, P.: INTERACTIVE AUDIENCES: viewers\users’ engagement in National Film Board
of Canada’s interactive documentaries. [Dissertation Thesis]. Porto : University of Porto, 2018,
p. 209.
PRUS, R. C.: Symbolic interaction and ethnographic research: Intersubjectivity and the study
of human lived experience. NY : SUNY Press, 1996.
RYAN, M. L.: Beyond myth and metaphor: Narrative in digital media. In Game Studies, 2001, Vol.
1, No. 1. p. 1-10. ISSN 1604-7982. [online]. [2020-02-05]. Available at: <http://www.gamestudies.
org/0101/ryan/>.
ROSENBERGER, R., VERBEEK, PP.: Postphenomenological investigations: essays on humantechnology relations. Lanham, MD : Lexington Books, 2015.
ROTH, C.: Experiencing Interactive Storytelling. [Dissertation Thesis]. Amesterdam : VU University
Amsterdam, 2015, p. 218.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Evaluating the user experience of interactive digital narrative. In
CHAMBEL, T., KAISER, R., NIAMUT, O., OOI, W. T., REDI, J. R. (eds.): Proceedings of the
1st International Workshop on Multimedia Alternate Realities. Amsterdam, The Netherlands :
ACM, 2016, p. 31-36. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/308986296_Evaluating_the_User_Experience_of_Interactive_Digital_>.
ROTH, C., VAN NUENEN, T., KOENITZ, H.: Ludonarrative Hermeneutics: A Way Out and the
Narrative Paradox. In ROUSE? R., KOENITZ, H., HAAHR, M. (eds.): Interactive Storytelling 11th International Conference on Interactive Digital Storytelling. Dublin, Ireland : Springer,
Cham, 2018, p. 93-106. [online]. [2020-02-25]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/329066643_Ludonarrative_Hermeneutics_A_Way_Out_and_the_Narrative_
Paradox>.
ROTH, C., KOENITZ, H.: Bandersnatch, yea or nay? Reception and user experience of an
interactive digital narrative video. In Proceedings of the 2019 ACM International Conference
on Interactive Experiences for TV and Online Video. Salford (Manchester) United Kingdom :
ACM, 2019, p. 247-254. [online]. [2020-02-15]. Available at: <https://www.researchgate.net/
publication/335392016_Bandersnatch_Yea_or_Nay_Reception_and_User_Experience_of_an_
Interactive_Digital_Narrative_Video>.
Author
Ana Catarina Monteiro
Faculdade de Engenharia
Universidade do Porto
s/n, R. Dr. Roberto Frias, 4200-465 Porto,
PORTUGAL
catarina02d@gmail.com
Ana Catarina Monteiro has a degree in Journalism from the University of Coimbra and a Masters in Multimedia
from the University of Porto, Portugal, with a thesis called „Aesthetic challenges of Immersiveness in Interactive
Documentary.“ She is currently attending the first year of the Ph.D. program in Digital Media at the Faculty
of Engineering of the University of Porto. The main areas of interest are in the area of computation, humancomputer interaction, and aesthetics. She also has a research grant from the Institute for Comparative Literature
(FLUP), where she coordinates and manages all the activities related to the communication strategy of the unit.
page 72
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Veronika Bezecná
Sussene Febles García, Arianna Oviedo Bravo, Yusel Reinaldo Martiatu
The Cyberjournalism That We Make
And The One That We Want –
Cyberjournalistic Praxis: The Case
Of Mass Media In Matanzas, Cuba
ABSTRACT
The present work characterizes the hypermedia communication's features of mass media in
Matanzas, Cuba: TV Yumurí, Radio 26 and the Editorial Girón. The study takes an approach, from
the academy, to the cyberjournalistic praxis, describing professional practices, self-regulation and
application of knowledge. A group of theoretical considerations around hypermedia resources
are proposed in order to improve the digital journalism that we do. The communicology study
integrates technical resources of quantitative and qualitative levels. It also considers policy
documents, reflections of academics and legitimizing agents to analyze the assessments of their
own social development. The main findings point to the heterogeneity, uneven development and
fragmentation of cyber-journalistic wasting of the communicative potentialities that provides
Internet, such as its hypertextuality, the interactivity and its multimediality.
KEY WORDS
Hypertextuality. Interactivity. Multimediality. Cyberjournalism.
Studies
page 73
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
The Internet has opened in front of our eyes as the biggest space for cultural interchange that
mankind has ever had. The hallucinating world of the bits, the software and the connections
has impacted each fragment of society, economy, religions, policy, arts and sciences. Not even
the most sceptical have escaped from the transformations landslide of the Web.
It has had such an impact, that the new logic established for the world of bits, software
and connections has transformed information in something immaterial that, according to the
Spanish journalist Ignacio Ramonet, „now takes the form of a fluid that circulates in open
segments for the Web almost at light speed.“1
With this phenomenon’s arrival, universal journalism begins to redefine its format and its
way to produce news. Journalism’s incorporation to the Internet, from the 90’s decade to the
present time, configures an accelerated evolution process that has been accompanied, since
its genesis, by a wide debate in relation to the transformations. The professionals needed to
rethink the conceptions of what should be a better communicative product.
Journalists have seen themselves immersed in the constant renewal that the Internet
has propitiated as a support, media and communication channel. Productive processes,
professional roles, language, materials presentation and established relations between emission
and reception, are some of the adjustments that journalistic activity has had.
The essential features of communication in the Web – hypertextuality, multimediality and
interactivity- implicate journalism differently than the one of the traditional Media. Now it can be
more open and flexible, immediate, of complex structures. The theoretical reflection around the
internet has not finished yet, it’s still evolving, feeding off the contributions of media academics
and those who day-by-day labour with them.
While the mass communication medias try winning authenticity through legitimization on
the World Wide Web, personnel implicated in the hypermedia production process respond to
particular performance rules in the subjective and labour order. These rules and standards are
called productive routines and professional ideologies, and both are interrelated and integrated
in the journalistic production process, forming the professional culture of digital.
In many instances that process occurs in an impure context, because it gestates itself in nonexclusively virtual spaces, but convergent with traditional ones, this is the case of mass media
in Matanzas, Cuba (TV Yumurí, Radio 26 and Editorial Girón). In these cases on the day-by-day
professional stage structured practices, coexisting with emerging ones. Besides, it is necessary
to bear in mind that various contributing factors other than these traditional Medias enjoy public
recognition. With this study we intend to take a look at the hypermedia communication made
today by the principal media of communication in Matanzas’s province, Cuba.
2. Theoretical Reflections
2.1 Cyberjournalistic language
„Nothing occurs without the language.“
Fernando Flores
Since journalists live together with (and in) the Internet, informative research and diffusion
have evolved from the roots. Communication professional profiles, productive routines in the
media and the audience have experienced substantial metamorphosis. In these surroundings
1
RAMONET, I.: La explosión del periodismo. De los medios de masas a la masa de medios. La Habana,
Cuba : Editorial José Martí, 2011, p. 6.
page 74
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
becomes inevitable the transformation of the main journalistic tool to reach the public: language;
it plays a primary role in positioning, easy access and user permanence online. That’s why in
cybermedia what you say is as important as how you do it.
Regarding this matter, numerous researchers agree on the importance of using on the
web traditional paradigms and recommend a simple, direct and precise language; also to
avoid abuse in the extension of publications, try not to use big blocks of texts, and also not
use too long video or audio extracts, or too heavy for the digital support that will be used. The
three basic pillars that hold cyberjournalistic language are hypertextuality, interactivity and
multimediality. These characteristics conjugated among them create a hypermedia message
highly impregnated with the best of the preceding Medias, conceived not as a simple movement
toward the Web, but a creation for it.
2.2 Hypertextuality: The grammar of the Web
Hypertextuality is the ability to interconnect various digital texts among themselves; they can
be written or audiovisual. This feature not only has revolutionized the ways to produce and
organize information, but also the way to read it.
In the digital environment, users find a communicative product that provides them „freedom“
to jump from one text to another following reader wishes and intuitions. Hypertextuality gives to
Internet users control of their actions on the web and through it may be able to trace a navigation
route toward knowledge and create their own narrations. Likewise expressed Salaverría - the
simple fact that to insert links in texts he is not enough to create a hyper-textual narrative.2
The cyberjournalist has the responsibility to provide to users’ effective access routes to
knowledge: through links to sites of sources that improve information, connecting users with
the main characters of events or even giving them the chance to contribute with relevant
information about events. The journalist must act as a guiding compass of information for the
user finds their way through huge amount of data, imagery or videos. The freedom that the
Internet user has to decide what to read and which the path will be, reveals one of the most
important features of the Internet: hypertextuality.
2.3 Interactivity: The taking of the Web by users
With the tool of interactivity, the user discovers and performs a much more active participation
in the world wide web, because the reader not only can select content to examine and consider,
but also can Exchange with the media through comments, and with other readers using the
tools of social medias or discussion forums. Interactivity subverts the traditional communication
model turning a receiver of contents into an emitter.
According to researcher Mariano Cebrián, „it settles as a multidimensional process that goes
from the aspects of technological mediations to the multimedia expression. Through interactivity,
cybermedias and users modify their relations. The conception of traditional journalistic information
is increased with the added value of other dimensions stuck to individual and group matters.
Others ways of narration and expressiveness are incorporated.“3
However, this characteristic of the web is not exploited widely by digital medias and real
participation of the receivers in communicative processes - it’s still an unresolved matter.
2
3
SALAVERRÍA, R.: Redacción Periodística en Internet. La Habana, Cuba : Pablo de la Torriente Brau, 2005,
p. 64.
CEBRIÁN, P.: Comunicación interactiva en los cibermedios. In Comunicar. Revista Científica de
Educomunicación, 2009, Vol. 17, No. 33, p. 18.
Studies
page 75
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Nowadays its use depends on the interests of cybermedia to promote users’ interaction in some
content and include them in the construction of communicative products that allow them to
raise their audience ratings and develop legitimization strategies.
2.4 Multimediality: Converging in the Web
Multimediality is the ability to combine all of the communicative codes of printed, radial and
television Medias in the same support. Thanks to the possibility of cohabitation of text, images
and sound in the same product, new spaces have emerged on the web integrating those
elements in an original way and at the same time journalistic language has been re-formed and
improved starting from the countless possibilities that, individually provides each one of them.
According to the journalist and professor Liliam Marrero multimediality „notably increases
the expressive potentiality of informative products on the Internet, giving messages multimediatic
richness that favors higher sharpness in the contents and stimulates deeper analysis.“ 4 With
multimediality’s arrival a more complete construction of sense is gained, able to lead the users’
sight to a particular kind of information, depending on the benefit that can be made from its
potentialities. For this it is necessary to direct thoughts towards real integration among all
existing formats, more than just to coexistence and juxtaposition among them.
3. Mass media in Matanzas, Cuba
3.1 Editorial Girón: From ink to bytes
The need of the Editorial Girón to spread its messages all over the world speeded up the
appearance in cyberspace of the editorial’s first website, on May 12th, 2000. Since then, the
editorial has had the huge challenge of keep running three editorial tasks: the printed Girón
newspaper, the supplement Humedal del Sur (South’s Swamp) and the digital newspaper.
Even without the basic conditions and with the lack of staff, the first editorial’s website that
it had static and produced in Dreamweaver, had a daily update, although its journalistic jobs
were a faithful copy of the printed newspaper jobs, occurring then as what is known as „dump
journalism.“ Giron.co.cu went through different stages of development always seeking to achieve
better positioning and more interactivity with users. In 2009 it became the first dynamic website
in Matanzas province, and in 2012 moved to free software with a more attractive design,
new sections and participation forms. Gisela Varela Cárdenas, in charge of digital staff by
then explains that in this dynamic website users had more possibilities offered by the web
environment, among others: to comment, to access previous editions, journalist blogs and
opinions sections. Today the Girón website doesn’t have many of the possibilities mentioned
previously, this makes it difficult to strengthen bonds with cybernauts because of the lack of
a programmer to maintain the website. Its URL is www.giron.cu
Girón web shares some of its contents on Facebook and Twitter, promoting in this
way Internet users participation. According to Gisela Varela „the web page gives priority to
communicate the everyday life and reality of Matanzas province first, but without ignoring high
impact information in the national and international public opinion.“5
4
5
MARRERO, L.: Género de géneros y otras redimensiones. Acercamiento al reportaje multimedia del
periodismo digital actual. [Dissertation Thesis]. Havana : Communication Faculty, University of Havana,
2007, p. 25.
MARTINEZ, A.: Acercamiento a la cultura profesional de periodistas en las lógicas de producción hipermedia
del sitio web de la Editora Girón. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Humanistic and Social Sciences Faculty,
University of Matanzas, 2016, p. 28.
page 76
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Nowadays the Digital Staff is formed by a chief of staff, a journalist that works as editor
and reporter, a social network manager and a computer specialist. All the journalistic staff of
the editorial supports the website with journalistic jobs. Most of them are young people.
3.2 Radio 26: your heart’s radio on the Web
In 2004 the web page of Radio 26 appeared in cyberspace for the first time, supported on a
static platform and created with pretty basic means, but with the main purpose of showing the
world the province’s everyday events. After the creation of Radio 26’s first web page, reporters
gradually joined web work, without having the rudimentary experience about communicative
practices on the Internet, hypermedia and hypertextual languages. It was necessary to organize
different courses for learning and training. For a few years work was done on the same system
until 2008 when it changed to be a dynamic web on the platform (CMS) of Joomla; it allowed
incorporating journalists directly into the system as authors and editors of their publications.
For five years the radio station obtained considerable achievements in relation to the number
of users and improvements to the website. In 2011 and 2012 after constant modifications and
improvement of the website, the digital version of Radio 26 was among the first visited Cuban
sites, according to international statistics. In 2013 the web site migrated to a new platform
with the purpose of improving work and gaining access to the technological development of
the world. Its URL is www.radio26.cu. Today Radio 26 transmits in real time on the Internet.
It has a digital editorial staff, a chief and two editor journalists. All the journalists of traditional
media (Radio 26) send contents to the web site, along with collaborators of other Medias. The
site has profiles on Facebook and Twitter.
3.3 TV Yumurí on the Web
TV Yumurí’s arrival to the virtual space occurred in 2002, according to its general manager
Ángel Tápanes. Most of the journalists didn’t have much knowledge about digital journalism
resources, and there weren’t specialized personnel either, such as a web editor. This first digital
experience was developed using the digital pages editor Dreamweaver version 4.
The site included a description of each municipality of Matanzas province with demographic
and geographic data, also the nine legends of Matanzas; news divided by sectors, for instance,
cultural, sports, economics, historical, etcetera; there weren’t national or international sections, it
was only about the province. The distinctive hallmark of Matanzas identity was the main quality
of that journalistic web, when it opened a fragment of the musical play Yumurí of the Cuban
musician Eduardo Sánchez de Fuentes was heard, the theme that identifies the Matanzas TV
Channel. The spaces for the programs, back then, appeared on the site in the form of technical
specifications; it contained the formal characteristics of the space, schedule, three photos
illustrating the host or hostess, the identifying image and the program’s presentation.
The journalist Roberto Pérez-Betancourt elaborated the editorial profile when he went to
work there, as well as the writing regulations and the web style; he also brought in national
and international news. He worked there as writer and editor of the site. From Dreamveaver
the digital site moved to the Joomla system for content management. On this platform the site
showed a new image. With the arrival of the current webmaster that has a great knowledge
about matters of the digital world, since September 2013 the website migrated to the software
WordPress, because the editorial team considered it as a very safe platform that provides
Studies
page 77
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
lots of opportunities to the journalistic work. The access to the web is through the link: www.
tvyumuri.icrt.cu/. Informative sources are: exclusive journalistic works of editors, reporters
and writers of TV Yumurí, reports from press agencies, mainly from Prensa Latina and AIN;
reports from other press agencies, journalistic works published for other Cuban sites edited
according the design and editorial profile of the TV Yumurí web site. The site could also be
found on Facebook, Twitter and Youtube.
4. Methodology
The research was made under the qualitative paradigm. According to its depth it is descriptive
exploratory. It was made following the multiple cases design. Some of the empirical methods used
were standardized observation, not participating, field and open observation. A questionnaire
was applied to journalists to search essential aspects of their interpretation about the studied
phenomenon. Methodological triangulation was made from the utilization of different methods
and techniques.
Also used were techniques such as documentary or bibliographic research to study the
theme precedents, define it and define the directions research should follow. Also used were
in depth interviews and semi-standardized and individual interviews with media managers, as
well as focal group that allowed the exchange and debate among journalists.
5. Results
In the present context hypermedia journalism demands from professionals a constant education
that allows them to exploit all the potential that the digital world offers. Changes are generated
in methods to tell and also in journalistic practice during news production processes in digital
Medias. For the web sites in the province of Matanzas, Cuba, productive routines play a main
role in the construction of communicative materials. These routines become essential especially
considering the lack of resources and personnel to carry out some tasks.
Usually the Medias of the province of Matanzas, analyze the informative priorities for the
website daily in their editorial boards. They also look through the most relevant contents of
national and international Medias and press agencies to select those themes that will be raised
and make an approach to the main information that appears in their digital editions. In that
space are also analyzed the themes that will appear on the social network profiles or pages
of each media, the objective of which is mainly to socialize products that show the territorial
reality. In this case they all work with Facebook and Twitter, and TV Yumurí has a channel on
Youtube. It is necessary to clarify that, for work on institutional profiles on social networks,
only Editorial Girón has a web manager for that task; in Radio 26 and TV Yumurí this task is
done by web editors or webmasters. Journalistic praxis for the website is still discussed in
the editorial departments of these medias. In the process of giving value to certain facts, it is
imposed the need to take advantage of the potential of the web and collect under coverage
first hand multimedia materials, such as information in audio, photo and video formats to give
bigger credibility to the story; it allows the user be closer to the event and receive all angles of
the phenomenon from the voice and image of the major figures of the story. Through observation
it could be proved that informative material collection is carried out in different ways: in direct
coverage of the events and inside the editorial office, where the process acquires a marked
digital nature.
page 78
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
5.1 Some logics of hypermedia production
Hypermedia production logic demands that all its members become information selectors.
Journalists and editors process huge amounts of content, and only a part of it is published in
the sites. Practice reveals that after the collection of informative material journalists select the
data that will be part of the communicative product, in a way that responds to the news values
considered the most important. For instance, stand out immediacy, geographic proximity and
informative prominence.
During the second moment they select the images, videos or audios that will be added to
the work and edit them through different programs. Most of them have learned this empirically
and could exploit more tools; they still need to familiarize themselves with all techniques and
options that can be used while they acquire experience. In interviews journalists said that after
that they mount their works in the CMS, where they select the related news, hyperlinks and key
words, always trying that the work be the most integral as possible, when they finish this process
they say that what comes next goes beyond their responsibility and falls in the editor’s hands.
The chiefs of the digital editorial teams along with the web editors daily play the main role
in the selection, exclusion and the hierarchical organization of digital edition information. In the
case of Girón newspaper, the editor says that to select the information of the journalists „they
base on the stipulated in the editorial profile. It is about to reach a consensus among relevance,
attractiveness and topicality, always considering the use of the web resources and the quality
and extension of the works.“6
According to the head of the Digital Editorial Department of Girón, who assumes also
the task of editing the journalistic works because of a lack of personnel, „if the news or the
communicative product has the features that work for cyberspace, then that’s the one, sometimes
we’ve had a work for the cover that doesn’t have the features, so we don’t take that work for
the cover.“7
For editors, a product „doesn’t have the features when there is not an adequate use of
hypermedia resources, this is one of the most important elements, when the text doesn’t touch
an interesting theme, curious and informative, and that can really call the interest of the Internet
user…“8
Generally, it can be seen that in the Medias of Matanzas there is a lack of informative
richness, that’s why on occasions they publish many works reproduced from other Medias or
works that lack informative quality and language adequate to the media.
5.2 Do we need a new narrative?
In the stage of collection and selection of information the reality construction process that the
media executes to present the event to the Internet user takes shape and is turned into an
informative product, independent of the organizational establishments and routines.
Web site editors consider multimedia resources as very important. They always try so that
text comes accompanied with images, for instance, through images galleries, so the journalistic
product could be more attractive and make easier the understanding of the theme, even to
the most distant user.
6
7
8
MARTINEZ, A.: Acercamiento a la cultura profesional de periodistas en las lógicas de producción hipermedia
del sitio web de la Editora Girón. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Humanistic and Social Sciences Faculty,
University of Matanzas, 2016, p. 45.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Studies
page 79
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
In the medias of Matanzas, audio and video are less used, for several reasons; one of
them is the difficulties that journalists have to upload those materials, another is the extra work
that implies assuming a different narrative than the one they used for the traditional medias.
In spite of that, in the applied questionnaire, most of them refer to knowing the resources of
hypermedia language.
These authors consider that difficulties to download audiovisual contents and the low quality
of the same, due to the frequent problems of connection to the Internet, restrict full development
of the works. This reality is going to change through the XXI century while internet access
connections are improved and also while are the video compression formats are improved.
The most used multimedia resources in Editorial Girón, Radio 26 and TV Yumurí, were the
static images, most of the journalistic contents presented at least one. Even though, there was a
high presence of images, the explicative texts of these must be better conceived. This way they
also turn into bridges that link to the work through its descriptions, ALT features and metadata.
To a lesser degree appeared the use of graphics, this resource appears mainly as a
complement to the informative content in communicative products about sports. Animations,
computer graphics and multimedia files were not frequently used.
Generally, the most frequent multimediality type was juxtaposition, since it gave users the
possibility of consuming multimedia contents independently. Through content analysis it was
proved that the information in web updates dominates, because besides the own information
those from other press media are also taken. Other journalistic genders are used, such as:
article, commentary, report, and in some cases photo report, but the sites lack of cyber-genders,
of works with a higher level of hypermedia narrative such as: hypermedia reports, multimedia
dossier or online interviews. The last ones have been used sporadically.
Text depth: hypertextuality
About hypertextuality, content analysis yielded that according to documentary and narrative
functions there is a predominance of hypertexts of informative widening, particularly in matters
like sports.
To a lesser degree appeared definition links, these are characterized by referring to web
sites of Cuban institutions, and especially to the collaborative encyclopaedia EcuRed (www.
ecured.cu).
Documentary or update hyperlinks have lesser use; this last type of links allow that media
inform about the details of ongoing news, that’s why they have been used only in particular
national or international events. For the researcher Ramón Salaverría these „connect with nodes
where the last known details about the event are published. It is a widely used technique, for
instance in the weblogs.“9
According to the morphology of the linked content, the used hyperlinks tended to go to
journalistic texts. The lack of links to other formats (graphic, image, audio, animation and
multimedia) proved the poor exploitation of multiple interaction possibilities with online resources.
Roberto Pérez-Betancourt, journalist winner of the Bonifacio Byrne’s Award for the lifetime
work, says that: „Editor must use the hyperlinks…especially when there are complex materials
that require a context widening.“10
Anyway, the journalist is the one that should be more concerned by adding hypertext value
to the works. The poor use of hyperlinks in the analyzed media contents limited the possibilities
to refer primary sources. This practice, in a coherent and united way, would consolidate the
sites credibility in a digital universe where the superabundance of information prevails.
9
10
SALAVERRÍA, R.: Redacción Periodística en Internet. La Habana, Cuba : Pablo de la Torriente Brau, 2005,
p. 137.
PÉREZ, R.: Una mirada al Periodismo Hipermedia. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Faculty of Social
Science, University of Matanzas, 2017, p. 38.
page 80
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Interactivity’s lost roads
Despite journalists knowing that with the web’s arrival, their communicative products acquire
a dimension beyond the local, many of them still feel that their work is very little known. For
them, comments in the web are still unsatisfactory; journalists need to find the way to foment
these comments, and that these help them to know the users interests and motivations.
Sometimes restrictions in the technological infrastructure or difficulties on websites, have
limited the interactive process between the media and the cybernauts. For example, debate
forums or real time chats, are not regular practices, and collaborative forms of work are not
promoted either; the last ones could add new values to information, even when some medias
look at them with certain reservations.
Space with greater interactivity is seen on social networks, where they feel they can
exchange in a more direct way. There is still missing monitoring of exchanges with users on
the themes they are interested in, and turn those social networks born interests into interesting
communicative materials.The social network pages of the territory medias still need to take
more advantage of their potential, and share the media productive process since their birth
by announcing, promoting, exchange, offering information, sharing with users, give real time
monitoring, talking and many other skills.
There is also to be considered the fact that in the territory there is still a strong attachment
to traditional medias, so taking that space requires intelligence. Between the medias profiles
and those of their journalists on social networks, there shouldn’t exist a divorce either.
Looking inside ourselves
Every journalism student, approach to the subjects related with the Hypermedia Journalism in
the academia, and later, during the exercise of the profession goes gradually building ways to
understand it. In every mass media, depending of its characteristics, journalists share opinions,
feelings and beliefs about their profession in the digital scenario.In the debate among journalists
of Editorial Girón about what it means to be a digital journalist, the idea stands out of considering
a challenge, for them the profession essences are kept in cyberspace but the need of skillful
handling of different supports and tools of new media emerges.
According to Gabriela González, journalist in training „the journalist that works in the digital
scenario must be an expert in hypermedia communication, articulate the traditional journalism
resources along with those new ones like hypertextuality, multimediality and interactivity; I think
he/she must be a journalist be aware of the new technologies and in tune with them, must be
in constant training, because the digital journalism dynamics is very fast and changeable.“11
They think their main function as journalists is still to inform the cybernaut about reality in
Matanzas and Cuba. However, through focal group application it is proved that most of them are
not pleased with the role they play on the website, among other reasons, because they inform
but still don’t show Matanzas everyday events with all their nuances or with all the quality that
hypermedia journalism demands.
Despite all the dissatisfactions regarding their social function performance, half of them
consider that their professional performance in the digital scenario is good because they carry
out „the work on time with the use of digital journalism resources, with contents that may be
interesting to the user“ and they „work with love, interest and sacrifice“, the other half says
their work is average. According to them, this last belief comes from the need of perfecting
the selection and deeper treatment of themes, short motivation and work organization, the
lack of multimedia resources in the contents even when these are good, the urgency to finally
understand that the website is an editorial priority in the present.
11
GONZÁLEZ, G.: Pensar y hacer en hipermedia. Un acercamiento a la cultura profesional de los periodistas
en las lógicas de producción hipermedia del sitio web de la editora Girón. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas :
Faculty of Social Science, University of Matanzas, 2016, p. 48.
Studies
page 81
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
To do in hypermedia: a professional challenge
Nowadays we have a great challenge in front of us with technological progress and the immense
possibilities that the Internet provides, however today at the medias of Matanzas, along with
the experienced professionals young journalists with less than five years of experience in the
medias are working, this means that they bring the fresh impetus of so called digital natives.
PhD Miguel Ernesto Gómez Masjuán, professor of Hypermedia Journalism at the University
of Havana, expressed that „our graduates have this great challenge to bring to the medias the
young blood and indeed, that our medias make that necessary leap, that won’t be made just for
the presence of the graduates, it’s a much more complex process, but I think it’s important that
our students have everyday new doubts and worries, that they wish to do hypermedia journalism
and hen all this be reflected in the journalistic product they socialize.“12 From the established
link between academic formation and practice emerges a particular way to internalize their
roles, in this way journalists’ professional culture in the media institution taking shape. In this
case new professionals admit they arrive from the academy with little training due to the lack
of space with the necessary conditions to apply what they learned in classes. This makes their
later work difficult. When they face media dynamics they start adapting to productive routines,
in this case most of the surveyed journalists express that they put higher care and effort in
journalistic production for traditional media because the structure demands it like that.
On the Girón website, for example, it was proved that the editor’s work, a journalism graduate
with less than three years of experience, goes beyond simply adding news from other medias,
they act also as content generator about attractive and controversial themes, directed specifically
to this media, with a high impact on Internet users. This is a significant element of the process.
For Gómez Masjuán „in a scenario in which Cuba moves towards a higher penetration
of new technologies for a new government will and for a new scenario in which the country
is inserted, to the Cuban medias it will be a huge challenge, because people is going to gain
access, actually the already gained it and accesses to more information sources and this gives
them a wider look of the world and specially the immediacy, it means people knows things that
take place not only in Syria or Washington, but also in Matanzas, people in a higher connection
scenario accesses to alternative news sources and it may lead to the media to ask to itself
about the work they’ve, the work they do, and the one they will do. If you have competitors,
you might lose what you’ve always had, you have been the information source but, in a scenario
where her is more interconnected persons, fear needs to be transformed or what was gained
with time and effort, will be lost.“13
They still see immediacy and informative monitoring as a challenge for the digital edition, in the
interviews they recognize that in some moments they’ve lived throughthat experience and couldn’t
systematize it. During big events, work teams should be formed that constantly contribute to the
web site in a way that exercises those skills they demand and turn them into habits. Most of the
surveyed journalists think that to improve work for the website, among other aspects, should be
increased improvements in the sites. Create work teams that attend exclusively the web, change
work organization, direct it with higher intent and following the daily tendencies hat move the web.
Update it every time that comes to the editorial department a newsworthy journalistic work and
not when journalists decide to publish it. However, beyond improvement wishes that the media
journalists share and recognition around the performance of their function in cyberspace, weighs
heavily the attachment to traditional models in the logic of website production in a group that
is not still consolidated because they are mostly young graduates with little experience, these
factors promote a still incipient professional culture of hypermedia journalism.
12
13
MARTINEZ, A.: Acercamiento a la cultura profesional de periodistas en las lógicas de producción hipermedia
del sitio web de la Editora Girón. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Humanistic and Social Sciences Faculty,
University of Matanzas, 2016, p. 53.
Ibid., p. 57
page 82
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
6. Conclusion
During this research it could be proved that; at the present times in the journalist’s professional
culture of the websites in Matanzas, Cuba, traditional elements prevail as dominant and emergent
elements of hypermedia journalism are beginning, providing guidelines to a still incipient practice.
A consolidated professional culture that identifies that a team of journalists of little
professional experience that produce the website, is not evidenced yet, because when they
graduate they have little theoretical knowledge about cyberjournalism, but when they move into
work life they have to face up to a scenario with technological and structural difficulties that
doesn’t make it easier for them to more dynamically integrate work, as cyberspace demands.
Despite being a young team they’ve assumed practices attached to the traditional model
and reproduced them instead of implement new ways to do, wearing down like this the younger
professional’s initiative that arrives wishing to change old habits. Productive routines are formed
by information collection, selection, processing and presentation of news. They are characterized
by not consolidated organizations that prioritize traditional media, it causes most journalists to
produce for websites only with the purpose of achieving a goal.
The journalists of the websites share professional ideologies that are reproduced by
socialization. Among the elements that form them are: dissatisfaction with their social function
performance in cyberspace, demotivation about their social recognition as digital journalists
due to little feedback from users.
In the production logic editors have turned into kind of leaders, identified in their teams
for their work on the websites, which are not limited to selection, checking and hierarchic
organization of contents, they also reproduce them; they are the persons which almost everyone
goes to clarify doubts about the use of hypermedia resources in their communicative products,
among other themes.
They still have to make good use of the potential of hypermedia language, the essential
features of multimediality, hypertextuality and interactivity must become everyday practice
and be used in a coherent way, to achieve what is necessary – to realize the web requires a
different narrative.
Another element, is that most of the journalistic personnel that work today in the analyzed
websites, have the basic and fundamental knowledge to exercise hypermedia journalism,
improve themselves with better performance and the higher quality of the materials should
now become their goal.
Bibliography and sources
CEBRIÁN, P.: Comunicación interactiva en los cibermedios. Comunicar. In Revista Científica
de Educomunicación, 2009, Vol. 17, No. 33, p. 15-24. ISSN 1134-347.
GONZÁLEZ, G.: Pensar y hacer en hipermedia. Un acercamiento a la cultura profesional de
los periodistas en las lógicas de producción hipermedia del sitio web de la editora Girón.
[Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Faculty of Social Science, University of Matanzas, 2016, 86 p.
MARRERO, L.: Género de géneros y otras redimensiones. Acercamiento al reportaje
multimedia del periodismo digital actual. [Dissertation Thesis]. Havana : Communication Faculty
University of Havana, 2007, 80 p.
MARTINEZ, A.: Acercamiento a la cultura profesional de periodistas en las lógicas de producción
hipermedia del sitio web de la Editora Girón. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Humanistic and
Social Sciences Faculty, University of Matanzas, 2016, 70 p.
PÉREZ, R.: Una mirada al Periodismo Hipermedia. [Dissertation Thesis]. Matanzas : Faculty of
Social Science, University of Matanzas, 2017, 80 p.
Studies
page 83
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
RAMONET, I.: La explosión del periodismo. De los medios de masas a la masa de medios. La
Habana, Cuba : Editorial Clave Intelectual, 2011.
SALAVERRÍA, R.: Redacción Periodística en Internet. La Habana, Cuba : Pablo de la Torriente
Brau, 2005.
Authors
Prof. Auxiliar. Sussene Febles García, MSc.
Journalism and Social Communication Department
University of Matanzas
Carretera a Varadero km 3½
CUBA
sussene.febles@nauta.cu, sussene.febles@umcc.cu
Sussene Febles is graduated from Social Communication, has worked at the University of Matanzas since
2011.Currently she is the head of the Department of Journalism and Social Communication at the Faculty
of Social Sciences and Humanities. She is the lead researcher of the international project coordinated with
Unesco entitled „Cuba: Mainstreaming gender equality into journalism education and training.“ She earned
her master’s degree in Sciences of Communication, specializing in the field of communicology.
Prof. Arianna Oviedo Bravo, MSc.
Journalism and Social Communication Department
University of Matanzas
Carretera a Varadero km 3½
CUBA
ariannaoviedo@nauta.cu, arianna.oviedo@umcc.cu
Arianna Oviedo graduated from Social Communication at the University of Havana. She has worked as a
journalist of the University of Computer Sciences of Havana and in the Publisher Girón of Matanzas. Since
2009 she teaches Journalism at the Universidad of Matanzas. At the present time she is the coordinator
of journalism at the University of Matanzas also giving lectures on Hypermedial Journalism. She earned her
master’s degree in Sciences of Communication, specializing in the field of communicology.
Prof. Yusel Reinaldo Martiatu, Lic.
Journalism and Social Communication Department
University of Matanzas
Carretera a Varadero km 3½
CUBA
yusden2015@gmail.com, yusden2015@nauta.cu
Yusel Reinaldo graduated with Psychology at the University of Havana. He has worked as professor in the
University of Matanzas. Since 2004 he has worked at the University of Matanzas, in the School of Social
Workers Formation (2004-2007), in the Psychology Department (2007-2016) and in the Department of
Journalism and Social Communication since 2016. He is currently working on his master degree in Social
and Community Studies.
page 84
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Andrea Blesáková
Aysun Eyrek Keskin
Digitalization Of Memories – An analysis
Relationship Between Autobiographical
Memory And Digital Photography
ABSTRACT
Photography has been used as a mnemonic since its early years. It has the power to move
the past to the present by breaking down the structure of time. Presenting a static image, it
records an image of a past time. Looking through family and childhood photo albums, the
person embarks on a journey through the past in his/her memory. Following digitalization, the
function of photography has been changed in accordance with the transformation of it from
analogue to digital. Photography is not only a mnemonic but also contains the function of the
enjoyment of individuals, creating self, self-presenting to others. In terms of storage, screening
and sharing, digital photography is more convenient and accessible than analogue photography.
For these reasons, people’s interest in digital photography has been rising and it encourages
taking/recording images at the moments that will create their memories in the years ahead. The
aim of this paper is to examine the relationship between autobiographical memory (contains
information about individual experiences, memories) and forgetting/remembering between
digital photography. The nature of the subject required the use of both qualitative and theoretical
analysis of the participants’ social media usage. The research data was collected conducting
semi-structured interviews with participants who shared their images about individual lives
and memories on social media. In addition, benefiting from the observation technique, the
participants were requested to look at both printed and digital photo albums and asked if they
remember the corresponding memories. The theoretical insights are based on critical theory.
The studies reveal that memories become digital and affect memory due to rising motivation
to take and share pictures on the social media.
KEY WORDS
Autobiographical memory. Digital amnesia. Digitalization of memories. Memories. Screen
memory.
Studies
page 85
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
The increase in the product range of digital technologies and expanded usage areas has enabled
people to satisfy their needs via digital devices. The dynamics that a society needs most are
news, entertainment, and information. It is at one’s fingertips to learn about any event anywhere
in the world by pressing the TV button, to communicate with people who are far away with the
touch of a phone, to reach all kinds of information and people who seem to be inaccessible
as you enter the internet.
With the widespread use of the internet and mobile technologies since the 2000s, digital
platforms such as social media, social forums, and e-mail connect people together interactively
and help bring people into each another’s awareness and allow them to discover commonalities
and contact one another.1 In this new form of communication people have begun to gather
around a network, independent of time and space. Jan Van Dijk points out that the new society
is an extension of the information society and states that the world has become a global
network.2 In today’s digital world where speed and consumption are of great importance, digital
technologies that spread to all areas of life have become socially crucial with the development
of communication technologies. The internet that surrounds daily life brings people around a
network like nerve cells day by day, so our society becomes a digitally dependent one.3
According to the digital report of January 2020, 7.75 billion people use the internet all
over the world. This number corresponds to 55% of the world’s total population of which 5.19
billion are unique mobile phone users, 4.54 billion internet users and 3.80 billion active social
media users and the numbers are gradually increasing.4 Looking at the statistical information,
it can be seen that more than half of the world is connected to the Internet. Social media is
the most common platform of internet users. From every corporation and organization to mere
individuals, from large companies to small companies, to institutions, everyone has a social
media account. Photos and videos are prominent on social media so that people record and
share their experiences, emotions, memories in their life with technological devices in order
to gain the likes of others and increase their number of followers/friends from social media.
Photography is one of the most effective memory tools throughout history. The power of
photography lies in recording candid-time and capturing the moment forever. When a person
looks through family and childhood photo albums, they embark on a journey through their past
and their memories. Digital photography is easier, more accessible to screen, share, print and
it costs less compared to analogue photography. The prominence of digital photography on
social media has changed the function of photography. Photography is not just a mnemonic
but also serves as a function of the enjoyment of individuals, socialising, creating the self and
presenting the self to others.
Instead of seizing the moment and focusing on the present, people take photographs and
record images of moments such as eating or going on a trip with family or friends etc., which
will create their memories. This is both a result of rising interest in digital photography and
increased motivation to share these images on social media. Each day, approximately 500
million people share Instagram5 stories, 300 million people share Facebook6 stories and 500
1
2
3
4
5
6
CHAYKO, M.: Superconnected – The Internet, Digital media & Techno-Social Life. California : Sage Pub.,
2017, p. 6.
DIJK, V. J.: The Network Society. London : Sage Pub., 2012, p. 19.
EYREK, A.: Screen memory - amnesia in the cultural industry. Istanbul : Doruk Pub., 2020, p.170.
KEMP, S.: Digital 2020: 3.8 Billion People Use Social Media. [online]. [2020-03-09]. Available at: <https://
wearesocial.com/blog/2020/01/digital-2020-3-8-billion-people-use-social-media/>.
NEWBERRY, C.: 37 Instagram Stats That Matter to Marketers in 2020. [online]. [2020-01-09]. Available at:
<https://blog.hootsuite.com/instagram-statistics/>.
NEWBERRY, C.: 33 Facebook Stats That Matter to Marketers in 2020. [online]. [2020-01-09]. Available at:
<https://blog.hootsuite.com/facebook-statistics/>.
page 86
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
million tweets7 are sent. Generally, the contents of these stories are about the private lives of
the respective people, captures of their daily life and their individual emotion and experiences.
It is interesting to see the statistics of the amount of time people spend on social media daily.
The world’s internet users are spending an average of 6 hours and 43 minutes online each day
of which 2 hours and 24 minutes are spent on social media on all devices. 8
The aim of this paper is to examine the relationship between autobiographical memory
and the effect of forgetting/remembering related to digital photography. To this end, firstly,
the concepts of „photography“, „digitalization of memories“ and „amnesia“ will be opened
to discussion and the theoretical background of the study will be drawn. Semi-structured
interviews of qualitative methods were used in the study and the argument of this study was
supported by data collected conducting semi-structured interviews with 20 participants, aged
15-60, who have shared images about their individual lives and memories on social media. In
addition, the participants were requested to look at both digital and printed photo albums and
to tell the stories of the photo. This study reveals that, memories that become digital affect the
autobiographic memory due to the rising motivation to take/share pictures on social media.
2. Social Media and Digital Photography
Challenging the irreversibility and permanence of time, the photograph captures the moment and
records it forever. The power of photography is that it produces a copy of the reality of events
and experience. The subject of photography is the past and it presents us with a moment’s
image, of events that have already happened and usually ended.9 Walter Benjamin explains
the function of the photography to save the images of a moment forever: „The true image of
the past flits by. The past can be seized only as an image that flashes up at the moment of its
recognizability, and is never seen again“.10 According to Benjamin the saving of the captured
image with the help of camera lights is linked to the relationship between past and present.
John Berger also expressed: „The photograph is an automatic record through the mediation of
light of a given event: yet it uses the given event to explain its recording“.11 As Benjamin claims
the objects or people seen in the photography represent culture and society within a historic
moment. The photography breaks lose of its chains as a part of the past within time’s flow and
it turns the past into an object of tender regard.12
Douwe Draaisma underlines the function of photography not losing anything as photography
is described as having a „moment of immortality“ and as being capable of „freezing the moment“.
He also expresses the relationship between memory and photography.
„The fact that the photography ‘had forgotten nothing’ is typical of the gist of many
photohgraphic metaphors. As analogies for visual representations photographs particulary
stress the immutability of what is stored as a memory: they suggest a memory that forgets
nothing, that contains a perfect, permanent record of visual experience“.13
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
SMITH, K.: 60 Incredible and Interesting Twitter Stats and Statistics. [online]. [2020-01-09]. Available at:
<https://www.brandwatch.com/blog/twitter-stats-and-statistics/>.
KEMP, S.: Digital 2020: 3.8 Billion People Use Social Media. [online]. [2020-03-09]. Available at: <https://
wearesocial.com/blog/2020/01/digital-2020-3-8-billion-people-use-social-media/>.
SAGLAMTIMUR, Z.: Relationship Between History and Photography from Walter Benjamin’s Point of View.
In Journal of Communication Theory and Research, 2013, Vol. 37, No. 37, p. 237.
BENJAMIN, W.: Selected Writings: 4 (1938–1940). In EILAND, H., JENNINGS M. W. (eds.): On the Concept
of History. London : The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2003, p. 390.
BERGER, J.: Understanding a Photograph. England : Pelican Book, 1972, p. 292.
SONTAG, S.: On Photography. New York : Rosetta Books LLC., 1989, p. 8.
DRAAISMA, D.: Metaphors of Memory: A History of Ideas about the Mind. England : Cambridge University
Press, 2000, p. 121.
Studies
page 87
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
The fact that photography is easily moved from one place to another and its archiving ability
of it provides the most effective memory tool, quite unlike other memory tools. Another reason
is the function of photography to remind people and society about their past and to keep their
memory alive. It is also possible to see this in family albums which present images of the past
to family members or relatives and keeps family togetherness and their memory alive. Looking
at the photos of family dinners, religious celebrations or weddings of family members, each of
the family members returns to the family’s memories and those moments. Like the emphasis of
family photos on memory and togetherness, the person’s own photographs include the history
of a person, the representation of the characteristics that make the person an individual. „The
photography is privileged to help man view himself, expand and preserve his experiences, and
exchange vital communications-a faithful instrument whose reach need not extend farther than
that of the way of life it reflects“.14 According to Andre Bazin, the photographic image is the
object itself, the object freed from the conditions of time and space that govern it.15
In modern life, photography has become a consolation to the situation caused by the fear
of being transient, lost or knowing his past, not having roots, based on the need of people to
feel valuable. 16 Social media appears as the area where this consolation is realized. Through
social media, a person has found the chance to present the image of self which is the person
he/she wants to present to the others. A person who presents his own image by sharing a selfie
on social media as in the Mirror Stage Theory, gives a message saying „I’m also here and I
exist“. According to Jean Baudrillard, these phenomena contains a message beyond „I’m also
here“ it also says „I’m an image, Look!-Look!“ 17
The moment of encountering with another on the social media is hidden in the new definition
of the public sphere. In this regard, the home page of social media platforms is a sphere which
is described by Hannah Arendt as a public sphere where people see each other and are seen by
each other. On the other hand, a personal page is a sphere in which people scrolling on social
media are walking on the streets of the digital city, they discover the external world, present
their lives and their phenomena to others and also they discover the similarities or differences
of each other. The people who create and present their own image to others on social media,
within the feeling of acceptance and appreciation, open the doors of their lives to one another.
The more they include others in their networks (if they increase their followers and friends),
the more they become visible and famous. The most efficient way of being visible is to bring
the visual to the fore.
The photography shared on social media about their daily lives creates autobiographical
memories of people. Even if still a memory tool, the digital camera is now pushed as an
instrument for identity construction, allowing more shaping power over autobiographical
memories.18 Moreover, the inevitable effort of memory to recover the past in autobiography
is frequently structured according to flashes, incidents, spots of time, fragments that bear
resemblance to the photographic freezing of the current of life.19
How will the motivation of presenting autobiographical memories to others and at the same
time recording moments through photography and video affect memory? The functioning of
memory can give us clues about the answer to this question.
14
15
16
17
18
19
ARNHEIM, R.: On the Nature of Photography. In Critical Inquiry, 1974, Vol. 1, No. 1, p.160.
BAZIN, A.: The Ontology of the Photographic Image. In Film Quarterly, 1960, Vol. 13, No. 4, p. 8.
ERKONAN, Ş.: Family Photographs: Exploring The Role Of Photography In The Construction Of Family
Memory With The Ethnographic Method. In Journal of Cultural Studies, Moment, 2014, Vol. 1, No. 2, p.
127.
BAUDRILLARD, J.: The Transparency of Evil- Essays on Extreme Phenomena. England : Verso, 1993, p. 23.
VAN DIJCK, J.: Digital photography: communication, identity, memory. In Visual Communication, 2008,
Vol. 7, No. 1, p. 71.
ORVELL, M.: Picturing Ourselves: Photography and Autobiography (review). In Biography, 1998, Vol. 21,
No. 3, p. 352.
page 88
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
3. Amnesia and Autobiographical Memory
When we talk of memory the first thing that comes to mind is the physiology of the brain.
However, memory is quite dynamic so as not to fit into only one explanation and definition.
Societies need memory to conserve their identity and cultural heritage just as people need
memory to make life meaningful and to exist. Memory is one of the most discussed concepts
under different disciplines after the 20th century. Pierre Nora attributes this to eradication of
memory. The memory according to Nora, is like shells on the shore when the sea of living
memory has receded.20 If there are no seashells anymore, amnesia occurs. The basic meaning
of amnesia is described as not remembering past experiences and losing the ability to recall.
The memory process involves three main memory stages: encoding, storage and retrieval.
The three forms of memory storage, which has been used in memory studies since 1960,
states that memory is structured in three stages: sensory, short and long-term. According to
the studies, the information is first encoded in the sensory memory. The information remains
here for a time and it will be erased forever if not perceived within 3-4 seconds. The perceived
information is transferred to short-term memory which will be stored in memory for 15-25
seconds. If the information is not coded and rehearsed, it will be rapidly lost from this store.
The information which is recoded and rehearsed, is transferred from short-term memory to
long-term memory where it is permanent and can be stored for a long time. Recollection occurs
by recalling information from the stored area.
There is a constant flow of information and images on social media. At this speed and
fluidity, every piece of information that is not transferred to short term memory faces loss. Erik
Fransén, from KTH - the Royal Institute of Technology, in 2013 researched short term memory
and how the brain uses the knowledge that enters through neuron cells. As a result of this
research, he found that since the capacity of short-term memory is limited, when a person is
browsing online, she/he could be losing important/needed stored information and can easily
become hobbled by information overload. Fransén especially said that short-term memory
cannot respond to this information bombardment. Fransén says: „When you are on Facebook,
you are making it harder to keep the things that are ‘online’ in your brain that you need. In fact,
when you try to process sensory information like speech or video, you are going to need partly
the same system of working memory, so you are reducing your own working memory capacity“.21
As stated by Fransén, the capacity of short-term memory is limited against the information
and images flow on social media. Any information and images that are not transferred to
short-term memory will not be remembered after a while. If the information is not coded and
rehearsed, it will not be stored in the long-term memory and amnesia will occur.
Another important research about digital technologies and memory was conducted by the
Karpersky Laboratory in 2015 on how digital devices and internet affect memory. The research
shows that people trust the memory of digital devices instead of their own memory and entrust their
memory to the devices. The result of this research in which the laboratory surveyed 1 000 people
in the United States aged between 16 and 55+ shows that almost all (91%) of those surveyed
agreed that they use the internet as an online extension of their brain and admitted that their
digital devices serve as their memory tool. Kaspersky Lab. has termed this phenomenon „Digital
Amnesia“: the experience of forgetting information that you trust in a digital device to store and
remember for you. The regulation of this high-tech world threatens to outdate categories such as
past and future, reality and expectation, and memory and future design.22 As can be seen from
the research, as the technology advances, human memory becomes weaker.
20
21
22
NORA, P.: Between Memory and History: Les Lieux de Mémoire. In Representations - Special Issue: Memory
and Counter-Memory, 1989, No. 26, p. 12.
Online Time Can Hobble Brain’s Important Work. [online]. [2020-01-09]. Available at: <https://www.kth.se/
en/aktuellt/nyheter/online-time-can-hobble-brain-s-important-work-1.415391>.
RIGEL, N.: Dream Blindness. Istanbul : Der Pub., 2000, p. 47.
Studies
page 89
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Autobiographical memory is the type of memory in which one refers to personal experiences
and personal events of said individual’s life. This memory is divided into episodic and semantic.
Semantic memory stores common knowledge such as names and colour and episodic memory
receives and stores information about temporal dates, episodes or events, and temporal-spatial
relations among these events. Episodic memory stores personal experiences and events .23
Social media and autobiographical memory research is also of interest for academic studies,
as are social media and people sharing moments from their daily lives. It is necessary to
separate the research positively24 and negatively25 26 in terms of its effect on the memory. On
the one hand studies show that social media helps people with their memory, but also sharing
the memories on social media has proven to have a negative effect.
4. Methods
In order to understand the role of photography in the construction of an individual’s
autobiographical memory, semi-structured interview methods were used as one of the
qualitative methods. Semi-structured interviews consist of open-ended questions and enable
the diversification of questions depending on the interview flow.27 Within the scope of this
research the interviews were conducted with participants aged between 15-60. Open-ended
questions were used but depending on the nature of the interview the use of other questions
spontaneously were employed. The interview questions are shown in Scheme 1. In addition,
following the observation technique, the participants were requested to look at both printed
and digital photo albums and asked if they remember the corresponding memories.
Theme
Key Point/Questions
Objective
Social Media Usage
How much time do we spend on social media per
day?
Which social media do they have?
How often they post on social media?
What are the types of content post on social
media?
To ask users of each social
media platform how often
they engage
To learn from users the types
of content posts
Sharing Individual
Memories on Social
Media
Digitalization of
Memories
What is the meaning of individual memories for
you?
Do you share about your personal life on social
media? And Why?
To learn their motivation for
taking photos and sharing on
social media.
Remember Printed/
Digital Album and
Photography
Do you have a printed photo album?
Do you print digital photos?
What is the difference between digital or printed
photography to remember?
Do you remember your all digital photos in your
social media accounts?
To find out the relationship
between sharing memories
on social media and
autobiographical memory.
SCHEME 1: Interview questions
Source: own processing, 2020
23
24
25
26
27
TULVING, E.: Episodic and Semantic Memory. London : Academic Press Inv., 1972, p. 386.
WANG, O., LEE, D., HOU, Y.: Externalising the autobiographical self: sharing personal memories online
facilitated memory retention. In Memory, 2017, Vol. 25, No. 6, p. 772–776.
TAMIR, D., TEMPLETON, E. M., WARD, A. F., ZAKI, J.: Media usage diminishes memory for experiences.
In Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2018, Vol. 76, No. 1, p. 161–168.
HENKEL, L. A.: Point-and-shoot memories: The influence of taking photos on memory for a museum tour.
In Psychological Science, 2014, Vol. 25, No. 2, p. 396–402.
ADAMS, C. W.: Handbook of Practical Program Evalution. In NEWCOMER, E. K., HATRY, H. P., WHOLEY,
J. S. (eds.): Conducting Semi-Structured Interviews. California : Jossey-Bass Co., 2015, p. 493.
page 90
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Every interview theme has been chosen in order to provide a basis for determining the
relationship between digital photography and the autobiographical memories of people sharing
on social media. Before their interview, participants were informed about the scope and aim of
the research. The interviews were recorded with the permission of the participant considering
data loss. I transcribed the voice record and sent back the transcription back if the participant
requested. The participants were informed that the data would not be used outside this research
and that they could read the transcriptions of the interview if they wished. The semi-structured
interviews should be at least half an hour and at most 2 hours. 28 For this reason interviews
were designed to last not more than 45 minutes to 1 hour. Interviews were held where people
wanted them to be and where they felt comfortable which was mostly in their homes. One of
the advantages of being in their home for the research was to look at photos which were framed
and put on the wall or on the table. Anonymized codes were used to protect participant privacy
and names in the research (I1, I2, I3..).
Sample size in the qualitative researches can be determined by content, scope and data
saturation of the study by looking at similar studies. If the sample size allows the researcher to
achieve similar results that repeat, in the preliminary analysis part of the data and the interview
results, data saturation is assumed to be achieved. In this study, it was ascertained that 20
people were sufficient in terms of data saturation of the research. 29
5. Results and Discussion
The results of the research were divided into three sections as to the interview questions. The
first section will inform us about participants’ social media usage, the second part about their
postings on social media and the last part on the effect of printed and digital albums on their
memory.
5.1 Social Media Usage
In this study, it is seen that participants spend an average of 2 hours 10 minute daily on social
media which is similar to the average social media use of people around the world per day.
It is observed that the participants’ access social media from their smartphones, computers,
tablets and laptops, each of them has a smartphone and all of them have at least two digital
devices at their houses.
They use social media to communicate with others, to follow the news, to share photography
and videos, to get information about people they have not seen for a long time and to stalk
their exes (?!!?). All of them have accounts on at least two different social media platforms and
have WhatsApp. They prefer this application to send messages, images, audio and video and
to communicate with groups of which they are members.
28
29
WILSON, C.: Interview Techniques for UX Practitioners. Boston : Elsevier, 2014, p. 25.
LOFLAND, J., LOFLAND, L. H.: Analyzing Social Settings – A Guide to Qualitative Observation and Analysis.
California : Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1984, p. 62.
Studies
page 91
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Facebook
6
6
6
5
4,5
Instagram
Twitter
WhatsApp
6
5
5
5
4
3
1,5
3
2
4
4
3
2
1
0
0
15-25 ages
26-35 ages
36-45 ages
46-60 ages
CHART 1: Distribution of participants using social media platforms
Source: own processing, 2020
As can be seen in Chart 1, 14 out of 20 participants have Facebook and Instagram accounts
and 13 out of 20 have Twitter accounts. 30 The result has shown that people aged between 15–45
mostly used Instagram and people aged between 36–60 mostly used Faceook and WhatsApp.
17 years old participant said that: „I don’t use Facebook because older people use it more“.
26 years old participant said: „Facebook is outdated and old-fashioned“.
53 years old participant said: „There is a lot of social media platforms. I cannot follow all
of them. I use Facebook because I have more friends there. Most of my friends prefer this
platform“.
In this research, people aged 15–45 define themselves as more active and accessible on
social media compared to people aged 45 and over. Social media is also a place to spend
time especially for those aged 55 and over. For this reason, they prefer to follow and read the
posts rather than sharing. Participants’ posting frequency for social media appears to be 4–5
posts each day.
It was observed that the content changed depending on the social media platforms that
are being used. Generally, Facebook users share informative posts, funny videos, news, their
own images and videos, their emotions and opinions. Twitter users share their insights on
news and daily politics whereas Instagram users share their own images and stories taken
throughout the day.
5.2 About Sharing on Social Media
„What is the meaning of individual memories for you?“ was asked to participants. They describe
their memories as „being with family“, „being with a close friend or relative“, „going on a trip“,
„celebrating birthday parties“, „attending wedding parties“, „eating dinner with friends or family“.
Another question asked to the participants was „Do you share your personal life on social
media?“ All of them answered that they share bits about their personal lives. It was observed
that young people aged between 15–35 post more frequently about their private lives compared
to people aged between 36–60. The older generation seems to limit sharing their personal life
publicly and they don’t share it with everyone.
30
In this research, social media platforms were limited to Facebook, WhatsApp, Twitter and Instagram
according to the social platforms mostly used by them.
page 92
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
To learn their motivation for sharing personal life on social media we asked: „when you go
on a trip or when you meet family/friends do you take photographs and share them on social
media?“ 16 out of 20 stated that they record and share photography of those occasions and
4 out of 20 stated that they take and record of their memories but don’t share on social media
because they don’t want to inform people about their personal lives. Also they were asked:
„Why do you share?“ It’s been stated that they value people’s admiration and that they
want to share happy memories with others.
The participant aged 19 said: „I use social media for sharing. It does not mean anything
to be there if you don’t share“.
The participant aged 33 said: „I don’t often share about my private life. I share photography
but only of my travels“.
The participant aged 59 said: “I take pictures with my family and share it. I share the videos
of having fun with my grandchildren. My friends post comments under my post. It makes me
happy”.
It appears that sharing and posting on social media makes it possible for a person to stay in
contact with others and as the 19 year old claims social media’s purpose is to share memories.
5.3 Remember Printed/Digital Album and Photography
14 out of 20 participants have printed photo albums, and all of them have digital albums.
The printed photo albums of people aged 15–25 belong to their childhood years, which were
collected for them by their family. They haven’t got printed photographs of the recent years.
23 years old participant said: „Almost everything has become digital. It seems unnecessary
to me to have a printed photo album“.
60 years old participant said: „We grew up with family photo albums. It is a tradition for
us. I have photography all over my house. When I see them, I remember good old days and it
makes me happy“.
Photo Album
6
6
Digital Photo Album
6
4,5
4
3
3
3
15-25 ages
26-35 ages
4
4
4
1,5
0
36-45 ages
46-60 ages
CHART 2: Participants having a printed or digital album by age
Source: own processing, 2020
The printed photo albums of the participants were looked at with the participants themself.
Even though photography presents a static image, it consists of the present time and it is a
memory tool. That is why participants remembered their past and stories of photography and
they returned to their memories as they looked at the static images of photo albums. As they
looked at the photos they remembered respective stories and memories of the photos.
Studies
page 93
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
One 53 year old female participant looked at her travel photo album on her Facebook and
she stated that she remembered the trip with its broad lines but couldn’t remember particular
photos of flowers and trees. She felt as if she was looking at them for the first time. A 17 year
old freshman had shared photos of his high school time on his Instagram. He looked at the
album in which there is a photo of boats and oars but, he couldn’t remember this photo. He
said: „I think I may have liked it but, I can’t remember puting this photo on my album exactly“.
A 20 year old participant underlined the difference between printed and digital photos.
„It is very clear in my mind when and where my printed photos were taken. I also remember
the moment of caption. For example I have a photo that was taken in the funfair and I clearly
remember the exact moment. If you ask me about a photo took 15 days ago I couldn’t remember
where it was taken“.
A 39 year old participant said: „The printed photography is easier to remember because
there aren’t many of them. You print it and put it on the wall or put it on the table. These are
in front of your eyes. The digital photography is easier to forget because you take it and you
don’t look at it afterwards“.
11 out of 20 participants have difficulties remembering the digital photos on their social
media. Generally, these photos were about flowers, objects, nature photography and their
own selfies. When they looked at their printed photos, they experienced past emotions and
memories and told details of the photo’s stories. On the other hand, digital photography was
observed to be only a tool of enjoyment and sharing on social media for young people. These
young participants became happy when they looked at their childhood photos then they took
a photo of these photos to share on social media.
Smartphones make photography easier and increase the speed of sharing on social media.
Digital devices such as a computers, hard drives, and cloud technologies are being used for
the storage of digital photography. Younger people back up their photography and videos using
cloud technology and hard drives, while older people only store them in their smartphones.
6. Conclusions
Social media platforms put friends and family members in touch or help them establish
relationships with new people. Each day, hundreds of millions of people share their experiences
on their social media. Social media allows us to get hold of these moments by sharing them
with others. People’s interest in digital photography has been rising and it encourages them to
take/record images at the moments which will create their memories in the years ahead. The
study shows how effective dependence on social media has come to affect people’s memory
and their ability to remember. In this research semi-structured interviews with 20 people have
been conducted to discover a direct link between sharing individual photography on social
media and its effects on memory. Increased motivation of sharing on social media distracts us
from our memories and limits the ability to remember particular moments. More than half (11
out of 20) of the participants have difficulties remembering the digital photos on their social
media. These photos were often taken for sharing on social media. It can be concluded that
the motivation to share on social media diminishes the recollection of memories and moments.
As the study shows, printed photo albums are still important to older people whereas the
young keep their memories on digital platforms. Younger people trust their digital devices instead
of their own memory to store and remember. This research highlights how digital technology
affects memory and how it may change the perception of memories for people in the future.
page 94
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Bibliography and sources
ADAMS, C. W.: Handbook of Practical Program Evalution, In NEWCOMER, E. K., HATRY, H.
P., WHOLEY, J. S. (eds.): Conducting Semi-Structured Interviews. California : Jossey-Bass
Co., 2015, p. 492–505.
ARNHEIM, R.: On the Nature of Photography. In Critical Inquiry, 1974, Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 149–161.
ISSN 0093-1896.
BAUDRILLARD, J.: The Transparency of Evil- Essays on Extreme Phenomena. England : Verso,
1993.
BAZIN, A.: The Ontology of the Photographic Image. In Film Quarterly, 1960, Vol. 13, No. 4, p.
4–9. ISSN 0015-1386.
BENJAMIN, W.: Selected Writings: 4 (1938-1940). In EILAND, H., JENNINGS M. W. (eds.): On the
Concept of History. London : The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2003, p. 388–400.
BERGER, J.: Understanding a Photograph. England : Pelican Book, 1972.
CHAYKO, M.: Superconnected – The Internet, Digital media & Techno-Social Life. California :
Sage Pub., 2017.
DIJK, V. J.: The Network Society. London : Sage Pub., 2012.
DRAAISMA, D.: Metaphors of Memory: A History of Ideas about the Mind. England : Cambridge
University Press, 2000.
ERKONAN, Ş.: Family Photographs: Exploring The Role Of Photography In The Construction
Of Family Memory With The Ethnographic Method. In Journal of Cultural Studies, Moment,
2014, Vol. 1, No. 2, p. 122–147. ISSN 2148-970X.
EYREK, A.: Screen memory - amnesia in the cultural industry. Istanbul : Doruk Pub., 2020.
HENKEL, L. A.: Point-and-shoot memories: The influence of taking photos on memory for a
museum tour. In Psychological Science, 2014, Vol. 25, No. 2, p. 396–402. ISSN 0956-7976.
KEMP, S.: Digital 2020: 3.8 Billion People Use Social Media. [online]. [2020-03-09]. Available
at: <https://wearesocial.com/blog/2020/01/digital-2020-3-8-billion-people-use-social-media/>.
LOFLAND, J., LOFLAND, L. H.: Analyzing Social Setting – A Guide to Qualitative Observation
and Analysis. California : Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1984.
NEWBERRY, C.: 33 Facebook Stats That Matter to Marketers in 2020. [online]. [2020-01-09].
Available at: < https://blog.hootsuite.com/facebook-statistics/>.
NEWBERRY, C.: 37 Instagram Stats That Matter to Marketers in 2020. [online]. [2020-01-09].
Available at: < https://blog.hootsuite.com/instagram-statistics/>.
NORA, P.: Between Memory and History: Les Lieux de Mémoire. In Representations - Special
Issue: Memory and Counter-Memory, 1989, No. 26, p. 7–24. Without ISSN.
Online Time Can Hobble Brain’s Important Work. [online]. [2020-01-09]. Available at: <https://
www.kth.se/en/aktuellt/nyheter/online-time-can-hobble-brain-s-important-work-1.415391>.
ORVELL, M.: Picturing Ourselves: Photography and Autobiography (review). In Biography, 1998,
Vol. 21, No. 3, p. 352–354. ISSN 0162-4962.
RIGEL, N.: Dream Blindness. Istanbul : Der Pub., 2000.
SAGLAMTIMUR, Z.: Relationship Between History and Photography from Walter Benjamin’s
Point of View. In Journal of Communication Theory and Research, 2013, Vol. 37, No. 37, p.
236–250. ISSN 2147-4524.
SMITH, K.: 60 Incredible and Interesting Twitter Stats and Statistics. [online]. [2020-01-09].
Available at: <https://www.brandwatch.com/blog/twitter-stats-and-statistics/>.
SONTAG, S.: On Photography. New York : Rosetta Books LLC., 1989.
TAMIR, D., TEMPLETON, E. M., WARD, A. F., ZAKI, J.: Media usage diminishes memory for
experiences. In Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2018, Vol. 76, No. 1, p. 161–168.
ISSN 0022-1031.
TULVING, E.: Episodic and Semantic Memory. London : Academic Press Inv., 1972.
Studies
page 95
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
VAN DIJCK, J.: Digital photography: communication, identity, memory. In Visual Communication,
2008, Vol. 7, No. 1, p. 57–76. ISSN 14703572.
WANG, O., LEE, D., HOU, Y.: Externalising the autobiographical self: sharing personal memories
online facilitated memory retention. In Memory, 2017, Vol. 25, No. 6, p. 772–776. ISSN 14640686.
WILSON, C.: Interview Techniques for UX Practitioners. Boston : Elsevier, 2014.
Author
Aysun Eyrek Keskin, PhD.
Department of New Media,
Fenerbahçe University,
Atatürk Mah. Ataşehir Bulvarı, Metropol İstanbul,
34758, Ataşehir – Istanbul
TURKEY
aysun.eyrek@fbu.edu.tr
Aysun Eyrek Keskin earned her Master’s degree in 2009 and received her PhD. degree after submitting
her doctoral „Amnesia in the Cultural Industry: Screen Memory“ at Istanbul University (Turkey) in 2019. Her
research interests are the sociology of communication, screen/display technology, memory and gender
studies, in particular, she focussed on the effect of screen on memory in society. She published a book
entitled „Screen memory“ in 2020. She works as an Assistant Professor at the Department of New Media
at Fenerbahçe University, Istanbul.
page 96
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
photo: Dominik Mičuda
Patrik Šenkár
Autobiography As A Genre Of Literary
Remembering And Communication (And Its
Presence In The Texts Of Albert Martiš)
ABSTRACT
The paper points out the importance of autobiography as a significant form of literary
development. It is characterised by its main and typical features from the point of view of the
most influential cultural thinkers. It expresses the general meaning of (chosen) individuality
in the background of contemporary context and versatile (determined, diverse) contacts. By
such an object, it comes to the axiom that it is a kind of (re) presentation of the world, the
period, creative people and their efforts in the cultural, literary, prosaic field. After general
observations, the paper deals with the Kulpín native Albert Martiš (1855 - 1918), a prominent
figure among the Slovaks in Serbia; then a resident, citizen, teacher, minority author within the
Austro-Hungarian monarchy. It mentions the author's work, his memories of childhood and
school years, but also his contemporary life. Based on this, it also reflects on unusual themes
and portrayals of artistic material from the aspect of Martiš's short story-making. It analyses his
versatile cultural-enlightening activity, with emphasis on his autobiographical features and short
stories. This type of memoir literature presents Albert Martiš - according to literary criticism from his best creative side. At the same time, the article interprets, from an objective-subjective
point of view, his commemorative prose with autobiographical elements entitled Memories of
the Lower Land Revival. Based on the documentary character of this work, the text analyses
surroundings, social situations and prominent cultural and literary “workers” of the time. With
special regard, it emphasizes the life and work of Albert Martiš, his gradual confirmation of
education, morality and character, of course, in the background of the examined prototexts. The
paper points out the most typical features of this segment of his literary work in the mentioned
short stories, in which their specific diversity (even characteristic) is particularly interesting.
The interpretation method from the position of perceptive reading presents various (concrete)
elements of autobiography, which not only derive the typical features of Albert Martiš´s author
idiolect, but also the overall social "atmosphere" of the Lowland in the late 19th and early 20th
centuries. In this way, the individual and collective memory of the past is being concretised at
present, thanks to the interpreted prose, which is in fact a kind of media in various contexts of
the cultural-literary tradition of all of us (also in the future).
KEY WORDS
Ethnic minority. Slovaks in Serbia (Vojvodina). Autobiography. Albert Martiš. Interpretation.
Studies
page 97
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1. Introduction
The complex cultural development of the nation is closely related to the issues of diachrony
and synchrony. It is a sign of continuity, viability, purposefulness. This creates art, which is in its
entirety and in parts a part of immaterial culture. The literary-historical aspect also has a peculiar
and inevitable bond, a kind of pulsation of an expanding, but sometimes also a narrowing,
artistic space. The advance of the culture of mankind (including the arts) is carried out as the
progress of different regions that are more or less connected to one another. For this reason,
it is extremely important to observe and then interpret artistic - in our case prosaic - texts of a
selected (often regional, peripheral, non-dominant) region that is naturally tied to a particular
chronotope. For this reason too, the coordinate system of the region is in the broadest sense
a problem of space and time: in the literary work of the environment and events, in the literary
process of the question of literary situations, life, culture and tradition. In the context of tradition
that is related to the region, this is a complementary issue. What characterizes the unity of time
and space in the physical sense is in the creation of literary situations a unity of the local or
the global and creativity or tradition. In the case of creativity and tradition, there are multiple
interrelationships and connections between the present, past and future. For the historical
existence of literary works, this means that both present and past works are confirmed in their
multidimensionality. Each new link reveals a new meaning and value aspect of a literary work.
In this we see the uniqueness and unrepeatability of the analysis of a literary work - especially
from the aspect of the past and the present. It combines both individual and collective memory
with contemporary access to prototext, and perhaps even literary metatext - in the culturalliterary context of Slovaks living abroad too.
2. Literary memory and autobiography as its typical
genre concretization as a starting point for research
This memory (from the position of literature) naturally also has its genre concretization. One
of the most typical forms that are „objectified“in the process of literary communication is
autobiography. Autobiographism is what „...we can call a stylistically characteristic literary
reception of ideas.“1
Autobiography is an epic literary genre of narrative character, based on the author’s
thorough presentation of his own life or some of its sections. It is the preferred type of memoir
literature, which has declared its upsurge since the second half of the 18th century. The term
„autobiography“ was first used by the English romantic poet Robert Southey (1774 - 1843),
who in 1809 called the biography of the Portuguese painter Francis Vieira (1699 - 1783) an
autobiography. The definition of this genre was not only a subject matter for the Slovakistic
but also the Slavistic literary science2, thus pointing out the pitfalls and specifics of the genre
boundaries of autobiography itself.
At present, autobiography is often narrowed down to being a biographical work. In a
broader sense, however, we understand it as an artistic text in which its author describes
the extraordinary events of his/her life. In a narrower sense, we can speak of strict (true)
autobiography with special poetological features that separate it from all other types of memoir
works. It is therefore retrospective prosaic information created by a real person about his or
1
2
MEDARIC, M.: Autobiography and autobiographism. In Russian Literature, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 1, p. 31.
See for details: GUSDORF, G.: Conditions and limitations of the genre of autobiography. In Pamietnik
literacki, 1979, Vol. 70, No. 1, p. 261-278.
page 98
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
her existence, with the main emphasis being on one’s own individual life and its subjective
history. American researcher Kathleen Lynch states in her review article of a major publication
(A History of English Autobiography, edited by Adam Smyth, 2016, Cambridge University
Press) that: „Even as we write about autobiography before ‘autobiography’, we often still read
early modern autobiographical narratives through the lens of generic conventions that reified
an introspective, retrospective self.“3 That is why we should approach these texts of older
autobiographies in both directions: from the past to the present and vice versa. In this way,
the tradition and actual interpretation of given literary texts is contaminated.
An autobiographical text is one whose author is the same as the narrator presenting an
actual reality in an unmediated way. The events described by him or her originate in his or
her personal life and are actually verifiable. More than the aesthetic qualities, it emphasizes
its documentary character, i.e. a significant degree of objectivity or conformity with reality.
Autobiographical literature has its origin in the subject and in events that are situated outside the
text and precede it. Such a text creates a new textual reality that is a hybrid of fact and fiction,
and its form is the result of the possibilities of language and poetics through which the very
effect of autobiography ultimately arises. These are texts that speak of the author’s life through
the deliberate involvement of fictionality in an autobiographical statement. Thus, in fact, fictional
and factual narration is linked to the analysis of autofiction and metabiographic works. In this
form, there are theorists who explain the method of engaging fiction in an autobiographical text
as a means of reflecting on remembrance, as a possibility to depict their own life and create
their own self by writing - also by putting their own identity behind the secondary line of the
literary text.4 The stability of the subject is able to achieve such a degree of self-knowledge that
he / she presents it as authentic in the text. The author of the text „…is not only the originator
of its meaning, but also unifies the narrated events of individual life anchored in historical time.
The constitutive principle that allows all of this is the individual memory, acting as a guarantor of
its individuality and hence the uniqueness of its experience (behind the coherent and complex
identity - note P. Š).“5 The identity of this subject is this memory, which is created during the
autobiographical narration.
This genre has also become popular among the Lowland Slovaks, who gradually bear
witness to their lives and diverse cultural endeavors. We must not forget the fact that individual
Lowland communities have their own identity of Lowland Slovaks, which is the result of not
only auto-identification but also recognition or acceptance by the surrounding other-ethnic
communities. The issue of identity, however, requires reaching into the collective memory of
local residents from the past. It is important to draw on their life stories, everyday and festive
moments, interpret their assessments and opinions, and thus understand their complex view
of the world.
3
4
5
LYNCH, K.: Inscribing the early modern self: The materiality of autobiography. In SMYTH, A. (ed.): History
of English autobiography. Oxford : Cambridge University Press, 2016, p. 56.
See for details: FONIOKOVA, Z.: Fictionality in factual narrative. The case of fictional meta-autobiographies.
In Česká literatúra, 2018, Vol. 66, No. 6, p. 841-869.
TARANENKOVÁ, I.: Písať o sebe, písať seba. K podobe slovenskej autobiografickej literatúry v 19. storočí.
In TARANENKOVÁ, I. (ed.): Podoby autobiografickej literatúry 19. storočia. Bratislava : Kalligram – Ústav
slovenskej literatúry SAV, 2012, p. 680.
Studies
page 99
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
3. Identity attributes in the background of Lowland
space-time
One has to mention the suggestive review from the English philosopher Julian Baggini (of
the prestigious publication The Philosophy of Autobiography; edited by Christopher Cowley,
2015, University of Chicago Press), who in his assessment of the history of identity in terms
of development and continuity, stated that: „The origins of this conception of the self can be
tracked back to at least John Locke in the seventeenth century. Locke argued that a person was
individuated not by the substance that made them, be that matter or an immaterial soul, but by
its psychological features. A person, he argued, is a thinking intelligent being that has reflection
and can consider itself as itself, the same thinking thing in different times and places. This is
often called the psychological continuity view of personal identity.“ 6 Every person - both as an
individual and as a member of (their) community - thus creates and manifests his or her identity
throughout life. Its complexity „… is always composed of several components - identities - and
their contexts. Ethnic, religious, local, cultural and socio-professional identities are universally
found in every environment of the communities of the Lowland Slovaks. They appear alternately,
situationally - depending on the particular situation, moreover, most of them at the same time.“7
They are interconnected and provide a breeding ground for the genre of autobiography itself.
In it, the most significant manifestation - in a given chronotope - belongs to its own village and
to the local community. It is also related to religious identity and identification that determines
almost every human activity. The geographical conditions of the Lower Land also determine
to some extent the individual’s job classification. In addition, he/she also creates a cultural
identity that is firmly attached to the attributes and parameters mentioned. In the case of the
Lowland Slovaks, it expresses membership of the Slovak, Lowland and local culture. Naturally,
these features also overlap in the autobiographical texts of selected national revivalists at the
turn of the 19th and 20th centuries.
The Vojvodina environment in the period of Matica slovenská and before the First World War
was rich in cultural movements; Báčsky Petrovec became the center of the cultural life of the
Vojvodina Slovaks in those decades. This lively atmosphere was also created by personalities
who are still remembered to this day. One of them is the national revivalist and writer Albert
Martiš, who lived all his life in the Lowlands and is „... considered to be the first Lowland Slovak
novelist.“8 His „...generational affiliation was manifested also in the literary follow-up to postromanticism and to the pioneer of Slovak Lowland prose of the Matica period, Félix Kutlík.“9 At
Martiš, this was first manifested by the fact that he started to introduce Yugoslavian themes
and motifs into literature, but in his later work he focused on contemporary issues with a slight
inclination to the home environment. In a sense, he was a kind of predecessor of Ján Čajak.
In this symbolic cultural chain of Slovak literature, his work thus functions as a sort of clasp.
6
7
8
9
BAGGINI, J.: The philosophy of autobiography. In Life writing, 2019, Vol. 16, No. 3, p. 497.
LENOVSKÝ, L.: Kolektívna pamäť a lokálna identita dolnozemských komunít. In AMBRUŠ, I. M., HLÁSNIK,
P., PASCU, B. (eds.): Svedectvá slovenského dolnozemského bytia – aspekty zo slovenskej dolnozemskej
kultúrnej histórie a kultúrnej antropológie. Nadlak : Vydavateľstvo Ivan Krasko, 2012, p. 174.
ANDRUŠKA, P.: Národnostné (a národné) literatúry ako realita súčasných kultúrnych kontextov alebo Prvá
úvaha o „transylvánskej mačke“. In ANDRUŠKA, P. (ed.): Dolnozemské podoby slovenskej kultúry. Nitra :
Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa v Nitre, 2007, p. 92.
HODOLIČOVÁ, J.: Život a dielo Alberta Martiša. In HRONEC, V. (ed.): Autobiografické črty a poviedky.
Báčsky Petrovec : Kultúra, 1996, p. 15.
page 100
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
4. Albert Martiš as a representative of the autobiographical
genre in Vojvodina
The relatively later phase of the literary development of the Slovaks in Serbia (i.e. since 1880)
coincides with the constitution of artistic prose of a realistic focus, whose representative was also
Albert Martiš as a „...pioneer in depicting the ethnic color of the Slovak Lowland environment. In
relation to nationwide prose, his work can be typologically determined as a regional variant.“10
Albert Martiš was literally active in the years 1878 - 1918, so by this time limitation he was
directly connected to the years of realism as a literary period. Through his comprehensive
activities, he joined the Hlasisti movement (named after the journal Hlas - Voice) that set out to
spread awareness, education and Slovak consciousness. The village people became the main
inspiration for his literary works. In this chronotope he cultivated tales (especially short forms)
with various variations. He was a teacher in Padina; he wrote stories and dramas, tried to write
a novel, and contributed letters and articles to contemporary Slovak periodicals.
He was born on April 20, 1855 in the Slovak-inhabited Bačka village of Kulpin (father Peter
Martiš, mother Apolónia Franková - she came from a family of teachers in Kysáč/Kisač). His family
created a cultural atmosphere in which young Martiš grew (along with two siblings). Already as a
nine-year-old he had to help his parents (his father in the shop and his mother with sewing). His
father often changed jobs, opened a tavern and shop, but he was not able to manage them, so he
later started teaching (in Bingula, Bačka Palanka and Hajdušica). When his father was a teacher
in Syrmian Bingula, the pastor Juraj Jesenský noticed the boy’s talent and convinced his father to
let him study. Young Albert passed the entrance examination to the Serbian gymnasium in Novi
Sad in 1867. In the upper classes he was taught philosophy by Jozef Podhradský, a prominent
representative of the Vojvodina Slovaks. When asked about his nationality, Martiš answered that
he was a Slovak. (Identification of national identity as the starting point for autobiography.) The
beginnings of his literary work date back to the gymnasium in Novi Sad. It is interesting to note
that he also contributed to the handwritten school magazine Sloga (Concord), which was written
off in six copies; he published a translation of the Slovak legend Chorý kráľ (Sick King). During
his two-year studies in Novi Sad (1867 - 1869) he began to become involved in the cultural and
national (minority) life of the Lowland Slovaks. In 1869 he went to Novi Vrbas, the lower German
Evangelical Gymnasium (1869 - 1873; his parents were again convinced of the usefulness of
studying at this school by Slovak Karol Zvaríny; he completed the second to fourth grades), in
which professor Michal Godra, an important cultural factor of Vojvodina Slovaks and at the time
the director of this gymnasium, instilled love for his mother tongue. However, he lived mainly at
the mercy of the families where he was eating free of charge. Later, he also drew inspiration from
his experiences for his short stories (Nevďačná Švábka - Ungrateful Swabian, 1916; Pomsta
študentov - Revenge of the students, 1917 etc.). He decided (again under the influence of Karol
Zvaríny) to go to the newly opened normal school (preparandium) in Prešov, transferred from
Nyíregyháza, which accepted students free of charge. The Slovak pupils established a student
association, Napred (Ahead, 1874), which was (symbolically) a spark for Slovak awareness. During
the summer holidays of 1874 and 1875 Martiš went to supplicate (i.e. collect money for the school)
in Slovakia. It was a lifetime experience for him: he wrote down his travel experiences in a diary,
which today is of value not only as documentary material, but also as autobiographical memories
written at a high literary level. He passed his teacher’s examination in Szarvas (1877; a year before
he was a teacher in Hajdušice). In the same year he was employed as a teacher in Padina and
got married. His first wife Jozefina (born Garayová), the daughter of an evangelical teacher in
Báčsky Petrovec, died in 1888, leaving two children behind: Mariena (born 1878) and Ján (born
10
HARPÁŇ, M.: Zápas o identitu. Nadlak – Bratislava : Vydavateľstvo Ivana Kraska a Vydavateľstvo ESA,
2000, p. 37.
Studies
page 101
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
1883). After his wife’s death, Martiš remarried (1889) - married Antónia Skyčáková, a native of an
Oravan Catholic family, converting to the Evangelical faith, but living in Novi Sad with whom he
had eight children; only three remained alive: Oľga (b. 1900), Ľudmila (b. 1901) and Pavel (b. 1903),
who later continued his father’s educational and translation work. Albert Martiš also wrote until
his death (thirty years of fruitful writing). He was also one of the most strenuous Lowland Slovak
contributors to contemporary periodicals (he was also published in the American press, especially
in calendars). In the years 1878 - 1918 he published more than 200 texts: articles, translations,
children’s works, sketches and short stories - especially in magazines and proceedings such as
Brankovo kolo, Cirkevné listy, Dolnozemský Slovák, Dom a škola, Javor, Ľudové noviny, Národnie
noviny, Národný hlásnik, Obzor, Slovenské listy, Slovenské pohľady, Slovenský denník, Slovenský
týždenník, Stražilovo, Tranovský evanjelický kalendár, Včelka, Zornička, Živena. However, his
texts were sporadically published also in book form (they were published mainly posthumously).
In Padina Martiš spent forty years of fruitful national awareness-raising work (he also
subscribed to the Národnie noviny - National newspaper). He worked as a primary school teacher
in the years 1877 - 1894. At the same time, he also performed useful edification activities: he read
to the Padinans at Thursday markets in front of the parish or school, on the loft, in front of the
municipal house, at his house, in their house and at the pub. He then followed up on the readings
he had brought to the Slovak consciousness. He attended individual Padina families, carrying
out a major revival mission amongst them. He also taught Slovak songs - often accompanied by
his own piano playing, founded a reading room (1880) and Vzájomná pomocnica (Mutual Help,
1885, later renamed Savings Bank as a branch of Pančevská banka). In addition, he still had
connections with Slovak revivalists in Slovakia. Since „...despite the warnings and threats he did
not cease his revivalist work, he was persecuted, reported to the school supervisor, had up to
twelve political trials, hindered in every possible way.“11 In 1895, however, he retired ... The last
years of his teaching were continually pestered by the attacks of the evangelical pastor Gustáv
Bujkovský, who was bothered by Martiš’s national cultural activities. After Bujkovský’s death
(1895), a new evangelical pastor, Ľudovít Doleschall, came to Padina, also a renegade and an
enemy of Martiš, who obstructed his efforts (for example, he had him expelled from the church
- much like the notary from the municipal committee). As a Slovak revivalist, he did not receive
recognition from the official and formal authorities, quite the contrary, and therefore faced many
inconveniences and struggles. It is interesting to note, however, that he achieved awards in the
economic field: he cultivated hops and silks; he was engaged in beekeeping, viticulture and the
cultivation of spleen roses. He received a silver medal for his exhibited hops at the World Exhibition
in Paris, and a bronze one for his hollyhock (1889). At the Millennium Exhibition in Budapest
(1896) he won a bronze medal. From the Emperor Franz Joseph I he received a large medal for
merit in the field of agriculture. In addition, he promoted the establishment of a new Slovak base
from which to support writers, scientists and artists. Martiš was therefore full of initiative and very
innovative in economic and technical matters - he recognized technical progress. However, his
impracticality in business matters did not result in much financial gain from his ideas and efforts.
In 1915, Albert Martiš became ill with kidney and bladder disease. On the one hand, illness,
but also the general unfavourable conditions and the dearth of the World War, caused Martiš
and his family to experience a great shortage. It is sad that: „All his life he was striving for the
well-being of the Slovak people of the Lowlands and paradoxically in the last months of his
life he literally suffered from hunger.“12 However, he worked literally until his last breath. He
succumbed to his severe illness on September 19, 1918. His funeral was on September 21,
1918; he is buried in Padina in a common grave next to his first wife. Most Slovak magazines
reported his death, highlighting his selfless work for the good of the people.
11
12
ORMIS, J. V.: K životopisu Alberta Martiša (doplnok jeho autobiografie). In ORMIS, J. V. (ed.): Pamäti
dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937, p. 105.
JANČOVIC, J.: Pretvorili dolnozemskú rovinu. Martin : Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej, 2012, p. 116.
page 102
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
5. Contours of Martiš‘ autobiographical prose and their
literary reception
Albert Martiš received attention of a literary-critical nature by Pavel Bujnák only at the end of
his life, in which the reviewer briefly assessed the writer’s work of this Lowland author.13 Even
Ľudmila Podjavorinská (true, just posthumously) wrote a short biography of his life in Národné
noviny (National Newspaper).14 Even behind these facts, Andrej Sirácky’s introduction to his
collection Hriechy mladosti a iné rozprávky (Sins of Youth and Other Tales), 1933) states that
Martiš is unjustly forgotten. In the following decades it was (in principle) no different ... Michal
Babinka (only) published a study of his life and work in 1953 in Nový Život (New Life).15 Ján Kmeť
briefly arranged and defined his literary work in the overview of the history of Slovak literature
in Vojvodina - Literatúra vojvodinských Slovákov.16 Recently, Michal Harpáň, Peter Andruška
and (especially) Jarmila Hodoličová have noticed Martiš’s work.17 In addition, it is gratifying that
the encyclopaedic entries of Albert Martiš are found not only in various publications, but also
in Dejiny slovenskej literatúry (History of Slovak Literature itself).18 All biobibliographies agree
that he was a pioneer in depicting the ethnic colour of the Slovakian Lowlands environment.
He was an author who authentically knew the life of the Lowlands environment and its
people. In the background of his literary work we can characterize that range from short stories
through dramatic work to attempting a novel. In the background, Martiš’s literary performances
can be divided into several groups: short stories, work with Southern Slavonic themes, dramas,
attempted novels: Tiene a svetlo (Shadows and Light), works for children and youth, translations,
articles from various fields.
His most valuable literary work is his own documentary biography entitled Pamäti
dolnozemského buditeľa (Memoirs of a Lowland revivalist, Matica slovenská, Martin, 1937),
which Ján Vladimír Ormis signed (as if it were his own book), who however only edited the
manuscript: he presented the biography in an abbreviated form, while evidently striving to
preserve the meaning and character of the prototext. Thus, in many places, this curriculum is
an eye-catching depiction of the everyday life of a man from the Lowlands. Albert Martiš did
not finish his own biography, he stopped in full swing on the 66th page (out of five intended
sections, unfortunately he could not even complete the third). It is from this text that Martiš’
fearlessness - even boldness - can be identified to tell everyone the truth to their face. A
short excerpt from the prototext was published in Národné noviny immediately after his death
by Ľudmila Podjavorinská (she also added some of her remarks to the text). Excerpts from
the autobiography were also published by Ján K. Garaj in Slovenské pohľady (Slovak views,
1927-1928). Martiš’s memories are perhaps the only Slovak memoir about those days from
the Lowlands and therefore are of an exceptional value. They are of great importance not only
13
14
15
16
17
18
BUJNÁK, P.: Albert Martiš – poviestkár. In Národné noviny, 15.6.1918, Vol. 49, No. 69, p. 2-3; Národné
noviny, 18.6.1918, Vol. 49, No. 70, p. 2-3.
PODJAVORINSKÁ, Ľ.: Albert Martiš 1855-1918. In Národné noviny, 19.10.1918, Vol. 49, No. 123, p. 2-3;
Národné noviny, 22.10.1918, Vol. 49, No. 124, p. 2-3.
BABINKA, M.: Albert Martiš, život a dielo. In Nový život, 1953, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 67-85.
KMEŤ, J.: Literatúra vojvodinských Slovákov. Bratislava : Rozmnoženina Ústavu zahraničných Slovákov
Matice slovenskej, p. 71.
See also: HARPÁŇ, M.: Zápas o identitu. Nadlak – Bratislava : Vydavateľstvo Ivana Kraska a Vydavateľstvo
ESA, 2000, p. 32-38; ANDRUŠKA, P.: Súčasní slovenskí spisovatelia z Vojvodiny. Nitra : Univerzita Konštantína
Filozofa, 2010, p. 41-52; HODOLIČOVÁ, J.: Dolnozemský buditeľ Albert Martiš (1). In Nový život, 2015,
Vol. 67, No. 11-12, p. 43-49.
For example, see publications such as: Encyklopédia Slovenska III. Bratislava : Veda, 1979, p. 505;
Encyklopédia slovenských spisovateľov I. Bratislava : Obzor, 1984, p. 411-412; Encyklopédia dramatických
umení Slovenska 2. Bratislava : Veda, 1990, p. 37; Slovenský biografický slovník IV. Martin : Matica slovenská,
1990, p. 94; Slovník slovenských spisovateľov Dolnej zeme: Juhoslávia, Maďarsko, Rumunsko. Bratislava :
ESA, 1993, p. 35.
Studies
page 103
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
for the history of Padina itself, but also for the Slovaks in Serbia. Martiš is a quick narrator
in them, and his lively fantasy is also reflected in them. This work is actually „...a vast record
of what he experienced, an engaging description of an intellectual evolution, the awakening
of his national, in his masculine age very poised character .... Martiš’ sharp pen captured in
several sketches the characters and conditions of those whom he met in his life. Namely, the
moments of his student life are valuable in the history of our hindered development.“19 It’s a
text in which Albert Martiš „...tells the stories of life, and the story flows so smoothly from his
mouth and so easily from his heart that it even excites admiration ...Martiš does not narrate
read things, but his own experience.“20 Pavel Bujnák says that „...almost everywhere you see
a writer reading his works, you feel his closeness, you feel that he is with you that he wants to
lead you ...“21 After all, Ľudmila Podjavorinská praises Martiš’s comprehensive cultural activity,
saying: „Appreciating Albert Martiš as a tireless worker, we should put the effort he has made
in the field of Slovak writing in the first place.“22
Albert Martiš’ autobiographical prose, which is of a high artistic standard, is therefore part
of the memoir literature. It is in them that he best proved himself as a writer. These texts have a
more or less documentary character, giving not only their life, but also the environment, social
situation and prominent cultural workers of that time. In Memoirs of a Lowland revivalist, one
can see how the educational, moral, and labouring character of the Padina teacher was created;
he speaks clearly and engagingly about his childhood, his years of study, and particularly his
experiences with supplicating.
6. Biographical aspects in short prose by Albert Martiš
For his short prose, he drew inspiration from his childhood and student years, contemporary
life, animal life, surrounding nations and nationalities. Based on these facts, we can say
that autobiographical prose is an integral and important part of his literary work. They are
divided into childhood and student years (Demikát (Demicate – a soup made from bryndza),
Nevďačná Švábka (Ungrateful Swabian), Noc medzi hadmi (A Night Among the Snakes), Pamäti
dolnozemského buditeľa (Memoirs of a Lowland revivalist), Pomsta študentov (Revenge of the
students), Suplikantské kúsky (Supplicant pieces), Všeličo z cesty (Anything from the roads))
and stylized third person narrations (Božie cesty (God’s Path), Prvý hriech (First syn), Skrižované
cesty (Crossed roads), Stará rozprávka (Old tale), Ujcov román (Mister’s novel), Známy rukopis
(Known manuscript).23
The tale named Night among the Snakes with its thrilling story and its extremely exciting
narration arouses fear from the perceptive reader, just as the real survival of this incident by little
Martiš, whom his parents allowed to sleep at night in the “vineyard cottage” in Ilok at his request.
The environment of sniping snakes and squeaking rats and mice, with a terrible thunder and
storm, is the expressive basis of the story. He presented his experiences from the gymnasium
in Novi Vrbas in two prose works: The Ungrateful Swabian and The Revenge of the Students.
He described one inhuman deed of a rich Swabian woman, whose greed was felt first hand,
in the prose Ungrateful Swabian (true, with a humane legacy). Also in these autobiographical
works are Martiš’s educational tendencies and moralizing inclinations, which were also reflected
in the prose Revenge of the Students, in which the young ones take revenge for the professor’s
supercilious relationship towards them (with sad consequences). Based on our own reading
19
20
21
22
23
PODJAVORINSKÁ, Ľ.: Albert Martiš 1855-1918. In Národné noviny, 19.10.1918, Vol. 49, No. 123, p. 2-3.
BUJNÁK, P.: Albert Martiš – poviestkár. In Národné noviny, 15.6.1918, Vol. 49, No. 69, p. 2-3.
Ibid., p. 2.
PODJAVORINSKÁ, Ľ.: Albert Martiš 1855-1918. In Národné noviny, 22.10.1918, Vol. 49, No. 124, p. 3.
About more details of Albert Martiš´s prose works see: HODOLIČOVÁ, J.: Dolnozemský buditeľ Albert
Martiš (1). In Nový život, 2015, Vol. 67, No. 11-12, p. 46-47.
page 104
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
experience, we can say that in the short - autobiographical prose of Albert Martiš, one can also
encounter factual elements, which are also present in stylized third-person narratives, which
are also often personal experiences. In the prose Mister’s novel, the novel speaks to the youth
that comes together in his house about his first love (in fact, it was Martiš’ first love). In the
Old Tale, the writer’s mother talks about poor parents who send their son Janko to schools. It
is through his diligence and honesty that he not only becomes an attorney, but also acquires
the hand of the daughter of his principal (magisterial, director).
In terms of journals he also published several stories and sketches with autobiographical
motifs. These are most often based on the memories of travel by the author himself. It describes
its own significant path along the contemporary modern railway, and the individual villas and
cottages along it. On the basis of this fact, it contrasts the poor and rich worlds (also) on the
basis of national attributes (bald-chinned, moustacheless, antipathic Swabian versus rich but lazy
Serbian). He describes his journey to Pest or Cegléd in the background of lucky coincidences;
however, the meeting with Slovaks is slightly criticized (as if they were ashamed of their origin
and language). The allusion to teacher Michal Godra, then professor of the gymnasium in
Novi Vrbas, is the subject of individual memories, recollections and suggestions. Novi Sad
is mentioned as a certain cultural centre of the youth of Albert Martiš, his contact with the
„slovakness“ of Jozef Podhradský. A separate sketch is devoted to the author’s supplicant
„spells“ - not only disappointments and inconveniences, but also cheerful events during his
purposeful wandering. As a supporter of the Tisza evangelical normal school, he describes the
„manorial begging“and merry events in thirteen counties (from the Zemplín county stretching
from both the banks of the Tisza to the Danube). His journey is interwoven by singing „our nice
Slovak songs“, contaminated by Hungarian and German, or meeting with the „really“ Lowlandish
people. The incident with a silent Slovak is interesting, who in the Lowlands got chased fifty-two
times to stand before the nobility for his Slovak belief. In this chronotope, the words „patriot“and
„patriotic sentiment“mean something else, even special. The superficiality of school teaching
and education is also described, while the arrogant tone of the time is evident: those who have
no money, let them not study and go to work in industry. The Slovak element is (in)directly
present in the families. This is one of the reasons why the conscious Slovaks strive to raise
good people in a nice language - even at their own expense without state aid. The text mentions
philanthropy, a collection at (sic) the casino and (kind of) endowments. In this context, Martiš
said the following: „Many bad but more good impressions almost every supplicant carries with
him into life. I have so many of them that I could write whole books about them“24 The sketch
describing the memory of young Martiš’ horrific night among snakes is extremely expressive.
On the other hand, it indicates the child’s desire for freedom and especially for the beauty of
God’s nature. The night spent in the family vineyard is - as we mentioned earlier - characterized
by terrible darkness: rain, whirlwind, thunder, bangs, frightening lightning and extraordinarily
large mice. The huge snake beside the body of a young boy in light summer robes in the open
air is described in a particularly interesting way. After all, the story carries an important didactic
attribute in which parents’ sacred words will become decisive in the future.
The memory of family poverty drags the writer up to his adulthood. He wanted to learn
at the gymnasium, but his father needed to put him to craftsmanship. Nevertheless, Martiš thanks to the parish’ and teacher’s help - could study. Thus, the complex mental and physical
„hunger“of a young person is accentuated. The author describes in more detail the memories
of his student years (for example about family meals). However, his ego is permanently heard
internally, dissatisfied with his social status, and so - as the only option - he turns to God:
„Lord! Why have you made me poor, that I am forced to eat spongy bread!“25 Suffering for the
inexorable behaviour of the ungrateful Swabian is basically ambivalent, based on the real state.
24
25
HRONEC, V.: Autobiografické črty a poviedky. Báčsky Petrovec : Kultúra, 1996, p. 71.
Ibid., p. 77.
Studies
page 105
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Criticism against peasants will in the future (in the adult life of Martiš) transform into a slight
criticism of the Padinians, because „...for almost forty years I live among people of bacon like
character who does not understand the beauty of nature and therefore does not grow forests
but corn for greasy pigs.“26 The memories of student times are quite comical, acts of revenge
from the students in the gymnasium are age-appropriate. It describes the rigor of professors and
their different approach to Martiš - the Slovak, who pronounced even Hungarian words softly.
In fictionalized texts, parents are also mentioned, of course, with respect and awe - also with
autobiographical features: the mother as a tailor prepared a silk wedding suit and the father as
an unsuccessful craftsman was given a job as a tutor. It was a real parent world for the child,
endowed not by simple fairy tales, but by the life-drawn stories of his own mother. Her desire for
education was concretized in the character of a son, who gradually gained (himself) a reflection
both of the world and of his parents. The young boy is grateful to the nurturing four-leaf clover
of mother - father - teacher - pastor; he avoids carouses, reads, thinks, interprets. Everywhere,
however, he remains (to a certain extent) hurt by his own and the surrounding poverty. It is true
that he loves his surrounding Slovak people, so he attaches his mind and actions to them as
a future medic, lawyer (even a teacher) who wants to work; he basically subscribes to PanSlavism (he reads and spreads Národný hlásnik (National Announcer Magazine and other
Slovak periodicals; condemns the libel against a notable man, scholar and „our honoree“ Jozef
Miloslav Hurban), but symbolically honours the Basilica of Esztergom. He realizes that God’s
ways are inscrutable, but truthful. However, they leave behind some remains - like pressure
sores on feet one gets from tight shoes. What is important here are certain parentheses in the
text in the form of short lectures by learned „misters“ and their anecdotes about the Bernolák
or Štúr period. The events of the last - third - wandering after passing the school are already
marked by the life experience of a young person. The young supplicant likes to meet people
who sing songs they have heard from Štúr himself. At the same time, Martiš relentlessly hears
about the life of the contemporary multicultural Pressburg, where naturally Slovaks, Hungarians,
Germans, Serbs, Croats and others meet. Along the way, he gets to know his first love – the
faithful Slovak Marka, to whom he accentuates the importance of the connection of heart and
reason. He visits Slovak houses with his wards where: „They heard short history of Slovaks,
history of Slovak literature, good and bad characteristics of Slovak people, about work for the
people, and especially they sang there, at an old, often out of tune but resonant piano, unheard
folk songs...“27
In his student novel, Martiš describes the life of a young hero who devoted himself entirely
to his studies in Prešov. In doing so, he wrote poems about the beauty of Slovakia, the Slovak
people, their language, the singing of rosy-cheeked Slovak girls. The main character, like Martiš,
is a poetically attuned idealist. He turns not only to God, but also to a girl – a Slovak. In the
fictionalized autobiographies of Albert Martiš, faith meets love, while the East Slovak dialect
blends with beautiful pictures of the surrounding nature. Thus, the contamination of languages
helps the colourful period (however, Slovak is lagging behind, since its teaching is absent
even at school). In the narrative concept, however, a Slovak boy and a Ruthenian girl share a
common grandmother-Sláva. The body associates with the soul, while the surrounding nature
in their chronotope is their natural, even idyllic witness: „...in one day sunbeams lure more
grass and flowers out of the ground than in the prosaic Lowlands they do in one week, because
Highland rocks collect the life-giving warmth of the sun quicker than the dense, heavy clay of
the Lowlands.“28 In this way, the author gradually becomes convinced that it is necessary to
pray to God, to listen to parents and elders. Only good education makes a human human. In
this way, the fate of the Padina teacher in a large Lowland village is concretized: „He instilled
26
27
28
HRONEC, V.: Autobiografické črty a poviedky. Báčsky Petrovec : Kultúra, 1996, p. 76.
Ibid., p. 109.
Ibid., p. 126.
page 106
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
the love of their condition to future peasants, and painted in vivid colors how beautiful the
peasant state was, so every pupil wanted to be a peasant. When he vividly described the state
of craftsmanship, everyone wanted to be craftsmen ... he was a teacher not only at school,
but also in life...“29 Even so was the Lowland teacher and writer Albert Martiš, who worked
and educated, spoke and wrote - also texts with autobiographical motives in which, as in life,
he followed the ten commandments of God under all circumstances. After all, as he put it:
„Everything has been fulfilled, except that I have not become a „great gentleman“, but only
an ordinary village teacher.“30 And perhaps that is even greater ... Based on the above facts,
we can therefore express a thought that Albert Martiš had and still has a well-deserved place
among national revivalists and Lowland economic workers. He was a practical master-educator,
economic pioneer, national revivalist and writer. I mean, a man who deserves our attention even one hundred years after he left us.
7. Memoirs of a Lowland revivalist as an important
milestone in the autobiographical genre
From the point of view of (auto) biographical attributes, the most significant work of Albert Martiš
is his own biography, which he began writing on June 24, 1913; he continued it during the First
World War. This work is his most important literary work. It describes the circumstances, based
on an axiom, that he was born from April 19 to April 20, 1855. It gives basic information about
his parents. He portrays his father as rational; an emotional mother who wiped his child’s tears
and read nice fairy tales. He describes his childhood as quite lonely, during which the beginnings
of the creative path of the man appear. However, he criticizes the Kulpin school, especially
the lack of systematic teaching. Additionally, he learned the basics for practical life from his
teacher-mister: he learned to instill, collect weeds, catch ground squirrels, observe goldfinches.
In the background of his childhood flights, however, are always present his mother’s fairy tales,
which „...had a great influence on my upbringing and on my later character.“31 Gradually, the
child becomes a young person who has to help earn bread at home and listen not only to his
parents but also to the pastor. The combining of these two elements were the roots so that
young Albert Martiš could go and study. He has described his other years at the German Folk
School with respect and humour, where „...I caught up with some things that I had missed and
my merry-go-round character inherited from my father began to wake up in me.“32 His period at
this school is interwoven with fabrics and thoughts about fairy tales and legends or certain male
and female ideals that, naturally, later disappeared into the wide world of slippery life areas. It
describes the significant influence of the Kolényi family not only on young Albert but also on
his whole family. However, the gradual rationalization of his life as a young person will only take
place during his student flight to the Novi Sad and Novi Vrbas gymnasiums. From the reader’s
point of view, the entrance exam to the gymnasium is interesting, during which the Slovak
identity of Albert Martiš is unambiguously crystallized (a Slovak-Lutheran from Kulpin I am, and
a Slovak I will remain to be). From his point of view, student life is described in good and bad
terms: learning philosophy or gradually opening up to not only the sanctuary of science, but
also his own poor conditions. Cyclically, the text revisits the simple folkish childhood legends
that help Albert Martiš gain the attention not only of his professors but also of his classmates.
Naturally, he criticizes his strict teachers, but later when writing his autobiography, he comes
to the realization that they themselves, as gymnasium students, weren’t worth much. His
29
30
31
32
HRONEC, V.: Autobiografické črty a poviedky. Báčsky Petrovec : Kultúra, 1996, p. 131.
Ibid., p. 96.
ORMIS, J. V.: Pamäti dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937, p. 10.
Ibid., p. 12.
Studies
page 107
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
cultural talents were also supported by passionate visits to the local theatre, which helped
him to become vigorous and opinion-forming. Thanks to this, he could not be seduced from a
national perspective. The micro-story about Albert Martiš’s meeting with Viliam Pauliny-Tóth
(he kissed his hand, and Pauliny-Tóth asked if the young boy is a Slovak) reads effectively. In
addition to these official meetings, Martiš lived his student life with vacations, contributions,
theatre visits and early smoking. That was perhaps one of the reasons why he had to repeat
the first grade ... but later he was able to do so thanks to conscientious teachers (of e.g. the
evangelical religion). One can see here the foundations of his later methodology, emphasizing
practicality, concretization and understanding. It was his evangelical teacher who: „spoke
his lectures with the fairy tales of life I still remember today. When I became a teacher, I also
took that method from him.“33 Of course, there are also comical statements about educators;
Martiš comments, ridicules, satirizes, truth be told, with the necessary insight and the psyche
of a high school student. In the background, he characterizes a person who: „...was a noble
Slovak soul, only to be pulled away; after leaving school he became nazarene, fed pigs and
disappeared somewhere in silence.“34
Albert Martiš also describes the occasional visits of his parents by a steam boat when
they moved to Bačka Palanka (his father became a teacher there). Happy youth culminates
especially in Novi Vrbas, where young Albert finds friends with whom to bath, catch snakes
or crayfish, catch fish on a rod and collect bird eggs. The German gymansium in Novi Vrbas
also mentally influenced the young person with Slovak roots: there the famous Slovak Michal
Godra taught, a well-known representative of Slovak Lowland literature. Albert is gradually
getting closer to reading fiction, which helps him to realize and confirm his own nationality.
However, derogation for a certain panslavism led to his being persecuted for many years. He
criticizes chauvinism and renegade behaviour, proclaims a slight Slovak belief and the need
for peaceful coexistence: it is worthwhile singing both the Hungarian poem Talpra magyar
(Arise Hungarian) and the Slovak Kto za pravdu horí (Who Burns for the Truth). At the same
time, the surrounding nature becomes a faithful companion to the young gymnasium student:
„I enjoyed learning in God’s nature at that time, and as a teacher I taught my children many
times on the turf, and with good results. In the grove, in the woods, it would have been even
tastier, and even so at the rattling brook. I recommend it to my willing gentle brothers.“35 In
national affairs, Martiš only woke up in gradual stages, looking for some kind of contact with
the conscious Slovaks: „Pastor Šimon Beniač began to teach me about Slovak national affairs,
which I thought were quite natural, and I could not ensoul myself for it. Yes, I was wondering
then, or a year later, how my father could, getting a newspaper in which Sládkovič’s death was
announced, cry for a total stranger.“36 Martiš’ journey to Prešov to normal school - a teaching
preparation (including a steamship or a classical or even a horse railway at the end of August
1873) is described using local colours. It was a school transferred from Nyíregyháza - and
renewed; it started with four students. In his autobiography, Martiš gives a relatively detailed
description of the people and the conditions of the school, highlighting in particular the forty
thousand books contained at the library of the College, which he also used to its full extent.
He learned Hungarian and German, but learned nothing about Slovak. Even then, he wanted
to become a Slovak teacher, and therefore with his classmate begged the nobility to be able
to learn Slovak. In addition to this difficult process, he mentions the way he reached his Slovak
consciousness, which „...must be cultivated in the receptive soul of youth, as a weak plant,
which if left unchecked by the frost, the sun, etc., will if not completely perish, then fall behind
in growth.“37 In Prešov’s normal school, young Martiš encounters a comparison of the Highland
33
34
35
36
37
ORMIS, J. V.: Pamäti dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937, p. 22.
ORMIS, J. V. (ed.): Pamäti dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937, p. 23.
Ibid., p. 28.
Ibid., p. 31-32.
Ibid., p. 37.
page 108
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
and Lowland people in Slovakia, while en bloc vigorously defending Slovakness and becoming
a fearless Slovak. He criticizes a professor who makes a mockery of Slovaks; he seeks support
in a teacher from Sarvaš, who naturally has an understanding of the matter. In fact, we can
express the idea that Albert Martiš has matured to become a conscious Slovak exactly whilst
at normal school. There he also met with the significant Lowland cultural activist and writer
Gustáv Maršall-Petrovský, who had already – there and then - grouped Slovak youth around
him. Thanks to him, he confirmed his knowledge of how children should be raised and taught.
He opened the gate of Slovak literature; a sign of this is his effort to visit the famous priest and
writer Jonáš Záborský in Župčany.
Albert Martiš also describes interesting events during his supplication. It was a life school for
a young person, beneficial both materially and mentally. It happened with events that were also
recorded in diary form. Comically, he describes the sharp Hungarians in Hortobágy or around
the town of Márianosztra, the drunkenness of taverners and their efforts to tipsify the supplicant
(in their eyes, young Albert Martiš is a Lowlandish sot, who knows what is good though). During
his journey, he meets ardent Slovak men and awakened Slovak women. It warms his heart, but
he also recognizes other nations and nationalities - with a background of tolerance. However, he
has a special position among the Lowland Slovaks because he comes from Kulpin, where „our
Pauliny“was elected as a deputy. He criticizes the closure of the Matica slovenská and secondary
schools, emphasizing the soulfulness and need for Slovak poems. The culmination of this idea
is Martiš’ visit to Jozef Miloslav Hurban at the parish in Hlboké, as: „...my greatest desire, as a
Slovak, was to get to know him and bow to him, he shook my hand and kissed my forehead. I
stayed there for three days and three nights. A lot, he told me a lot ... about Slovak affairs and
about his activities, especially in the revolution of 1848 – 1849.“38 In this chronotope, Martiš also
praises nature and compares the surroundings with his native land - while his heart remains
in the Lowlands: „It was a region for me where nature was showing up in all its magnificence,
the forests were breathing healthily, and the potatoes were so tasty - not like in the Lowlands,
where they are watery, tasteless - that I’d rather eat them than a roasted liver and yet I accepted
a station in the Lowlands, breathing prose, and not in the poetic Highlands...“39 He describes his
conscientious preparation for a teaching exam in his parent’s home, where he found peace and
possibilities. Successfully mastering this difficult life trial led Martiš to teach the first mixed folk
class in Padina. However, he taught a half more hours, walked through the village, got to know
the minds, morals and customs of the people and spread the National Announcer, in which he
often wrote under pseudonyms. He felt great among his trustees, but: „It is very difficult to work
and seriously teach and teach children well, and even harder to raise them properly. With this and
such conviction, I entered among the progeny, in which I loved the people, the Slovak nation,
and loving the entrusted children, I put myself into the dust so that they could understand me.“40
In his school practice, Martiš returns to the fairy tales he considers extremely efficient from the
didactic point of view. He will spend twenty years of his productive life in Padina, where he teaches
Slovakness, and therefore he was indicted more than fifty times before a school supervisor and
secular court. However, the whole neighbourhood knows that Martiš is hardworking, that he
plies and lives nicely with the entrusted, he gives them newspapers and books, i.e. culture. He
also meets with the parents of children, sowing spoken and written sophistication, of course, in
the spirit of tolerance: „If I were a teacher in a German community, I would spread civilization in
German language by magazines and books and in Hungarian language among the Hungarians.“41
His memories are occasionally spiced up with alusions of adults who often got drunk in the village,
became unfaithful, played cards, lazed, planned revenge. However, the author’s efforts to correct
them are evident from the text.
38
39
40
41
ORMIS, J. V. (ed.): Pamäti dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937, p. 58.
Ibid., p. 62.
Ibid., p. 70.
Ibid., p. 75.
Studies
page 109
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Gradually, his attention turns to women and wedding. He describes the courting of his
upcoming Petka, to whom his growing respect and later love is evident. The description of the
Lowland wedding preparation is again effective from a reading point of view. It emphasizes
mutual understanding, but also marital life - for the nation. Thus, in 1879, the Red Cross
Association was (also thanks to them) established, in 1885 a monetary institution. The Martiš
family said they wanted to raise self-confident people out of their children, not slaves or
double-dealers. It is important to know (according to them) the child’s soul and its magic
nature. At this point, the parent and teacher roles combine and meet. Martiš’ memories thus
represent a valuable testimony not only of his personal history, but especially as an example of
the life of a Lowland Slovak, changes in his identity, work duties, or leisure and other diverse
activities. Other aspects of Albert Martiš’ autobiography are also noteworthy: „...the image of
a childhood in a Lowland village, interethnic contacts in a multi-ethnic environment, teacher’s
life, characteristics of the local conditions, of the human types, the village atmosphere, the
peculiarity of the struggle for preservation and presentation of Slovak national identity with
tendencies towards Magyarization, whose bearers were mainly evangelical clergymen, teachers
or other members of the intelligence with a Slovak origin.“42
The dynamism of Albert Martiš’s life in Padina was also crystallized by the fact that in 1883
he began to grow silkworm (so that he reached a record in sericulture in villages throughout
Hungary), he cultivated Martiš’s „gallows“, namely hops, in 1897 he invented a corn chopping
machine and in 1897 a flying machine in the manner of Zeppelin, not with a propeller, but on
four wheels. So he worked not only with his spirit but also with his hands. He was also a useful
man in the field of journalism and literature (in 1885 he began writing treatises in the National
Newspaper; in 1888 he sent his first novel to Slovak Views, that Svetozár Hurban Vajanský
published without corrections). Thus he gradually became a writer who - according to him should have a general education and must also understand academic science.
8. Autobiography as a future perspective – conclusions
and possibilities of further research
Overall, autobiography as a genre has not only its historical roots and concretizations, but also
a perspective. Contemporary man receives from autobiographical texts both objective and
subjective information, which enriches him/her and gives him/her a credible picture of older
times. He/she recognizes the wider and narrower public surroundings and times, which were
similar and different (perhaps even odd). A special space is (also from this aspect) the Lowlands,
in our case Vojvodina, where, as mentioned above, at the turn of the 19th and 20th centuries
were already given testimonies of being and living. These were also autobiographies written by
the Lowland cultural representative Albert Martiš. He was a man who acted, helping the people
and the communities: how to bring them to prosperity. For this reason, we can say that Albert
Martiš did not live in vain and left behind texts that are worthy of reading and interpretation
even in today’s world. His fictional and autobiographical texts are thus proof of the agility and
peculiar colour of the period. Martiš’s versatile activity was, and is, evidence that even outside
the mainstream Slovak culture (Bratislava, Martin, contemporary Budapest and others) there
were „hotspots“ of education and literary activity. Even today, their prototexts give room for
interpretation, analysis, evaluation, reading concretization - that is, opportunities for further
research are open. In this way, the tradition of the past, the analysis work of the present and
the perspective of the future combine.
42
KMEŤ, M.: Historiografia dolnozemských Slovákov v prvej polovici 20. storočia. Kraków : Spolok Slovákov
v Poľsku, 2013, p. 146.
page 110
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Bibliography and sources
ANDRUŠKA, P.: Dolnozemské podoby slovenskej kultúry. Nitra : Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa
v Nitre, 2007.
ANDRUŠKA, P.: Súčasní slovenskí spisovatelia z Vojvodiny. Nitra : Univerzita Konštantína Filozofa
v Nitre, 2010.
BABINKA, M.: Albert Martiš, život a dielo. In Nový život, 1953, Vol. 5, No. 1, p. 67-85.
BAGGINI, J.: The philosophy of autobiography. In Life writing, 2019, Vol. 16, No. 3, p. 497-501.
ISSN 1448-4528.
BUJNÁK, P.: Albert Martiš – poviestkár. In Národné noviny, 15.6.1918, Vol. 49, No. 69, p. 2-3.
BUJNÁK, P.: Albert Martiš – poviestkár. In Národné noviny, 18.6.1918, Vol. 49, No. 70, p. 2-3.
FONIOKOVA, Z.: Fictionality in factual narrative. The case of fictional meta-autobiographies.
In Česká literatúra, 2018, Vol. 66, No. 6, p. 841-869. ISSN 0009-0468.
GUSDORF, G.: Conditions and limitations of the genre of autobiography. In Pamietnik literacki,
1979, Vol. 70, No. 1, p. 261-278. ISSN 0031-0514.
HARPÁŇ, M.: Zápas o identitu. Nadlak – Bratislava : Vydavateľstvo Ivana Kraska a Vydavateľstvo
ESA, 2000.
HODOLIČOVÁ, J.: Dolnozemský buditeľ Albert Martiš (1). In Nový život, 2015, Vol. 67, No.
11-12, p. 43-49. ISSN 0351-3610.
HODOLIČOVÁ, J.: Život a dielo Alberta Martiša. In: HRONEC, V. (ed.): Autobiografické črty
a poviedky. Báčsky Petrovec : Kultúra, 1996, p. 7-58.
HRONEC, V.: Autobiografické črty a poviedky. Báčsky Petrovec : Kultúra, 1996.
JANČOVIC, J.: Pretvorili dolnozemskú rovinu. Martin : Vydavateľstvo Matice slovenskej, 2012.
KMEŤ, J.: Literatúra vojvodinských Slovákov. Bratislava : Rozmnoženina Ústavu zahraničných
Slovákov Matice slovenskej.
KMEŤ, M.: Historiografia dolnozemských Slovákov v prvej polovici 20. storočia. Kraków : Spolok
Slovákov v Poľsku, 2013.
LENOVSKÝ, L.: Kolektívna pamäť a lokálna identita dolnozemských komunít. In AMBRUŠ, I.
M., HLÁSNIK, P., PASCU, B. (eds.): Svedectvá slovenského dolnozemského bytia – aspekty
zo slovenskej dolnozemskej kultúrnej histórie a kultúrnej antropológie. Nadlak : Vydavateľstvo
Ivan Krasko, 2012, p. 173-179.
LYNCH, K.: Inscribing the early modern self: The materiality of autobiography. In SMYTH, A.
(ed.): History of English autobiography. Oxford : Cambridge University Press, 2016, p. 56-69.
MEDARIC, M.: Autobiography and autobiographism. In Russian Literature, 1996, Vol. 40, No.
1, p. 31-56. ISSN 0304-3479.
ORMIS, J. V.: K životopisu Alberta Martiša (doplnok jeho autobiografie). In Ormis, J. V. (ed.):
Pamäti dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937, p. 102-111.
ORMIS, J. V.: Pamäti dolnozemského učiteľa. Martin : Matica slovenská, 1937.
PODJAVORINSKÁ, Ľ.: Albert Martiš 1855-1918. In Národné noviny, 19.10.1918, Vol. 49, No.
123, p. 2-3. without ISSN.
PODJAVORINSKÁ, Ľ.: Albert Martiš 1855-1918. In Národné noviny, 22.10.1918, Vol. 49, No.
124, p. 2-3. without ISSN.
TARANENKOVÁ, I.: Písať o sebe, písať seba. K podobe slovenskej autobiografickej literatúry
v 19. storočí. In TARANEKOVÁ, I. (ed.): Podoby autobiografickej literatúry 19. storočia. Bratislava :
Kalligram – Ústav slovenskej literatúry SAV, 2012, p. 679-698.
Studies
page 111
Media Literacy and Academic Research | Vol. 3, No. 1, April 2020
Author
Assoc. Prof. Patrik Šenkár, PhD.
Department of Slovak Language and Literature,
Faculty of Education of the J. Selye University,
Bratislavská cesta 3322,
945 01 Komárno,
SLOVAKIA
senkarp@ujs.sk
After graduation Patrik Šenkár (born in 1979, Nitra) worked as a teacher in primary and secondary schools in
Komárno for a short period of time. Between 2006 and 2013, he was a assistant professor at the Faculty of
Central European Studies of Constantine the Philosopher University in Nitra. He has worked as an assistant
professor (later as an associate professor) at the Faculty of Education of the J. Selye University in Komárno
since 2007. Occasionally, he co-operates with the Ministry of Education, Science, Research and Sport of
the Slovak Republic. He is chairman of the Slovak Language and Slovak Literature Committee in the State
Pedagogical Institute in Bratislava and of the teachers' attestations in Komárno region in the Methodicalpedagogical centre. He is a specialist in literary science, predominantly in minority literature. In addition, he
is the author of more than 200 publication units. His fields of teaching activities include, for example: literary
science, culturology, interpretation, comparative literature, literature of minorities, etc.
page 112
Studies
Media Literacy and Academic Research
GUIDELINES FOR AUTHORS
Media Literacy and Academic Research’s Editorial Board offers a possibility of publishing original theoretical
or research studies, reviews of monographs or text books and other articles related to the focus of the
journal, which have not been publicly published yet. Media Literacy and Academic Research journal
consists of the following sections:
• Studies: Theoretical articles in the extent of 21,600-54,000 signs (12-30 author pages)
• News: News related to media communication and academic research (profiles of scientific events,
projects, profiles of scholars, etc.) in the extent of 3,600 signs (1-2 author pages)
• Reviews: Reviews of monographs and textbooks from the fields of media studies which are not older
than one year, in the extent of 5,400-9,000 signs (3-5 author pages)
• Interview
LANGUAGE OF THE SUBMITTED MANUSCRIPTS
• all manuscripts must be written in English language
Text format (unless specifie do ther wise in brackets below):
• Font type: Times New Roman
• Font size: 12 pt
• Alignment: justified
• Spacing: 1
• All margins: 2,5 cm
• Do not divide words
• Quotations and referenced passages: use numbered footnotes on the relevant page (not at the end
of the manuscript)
CONTENT ARRANGEMENT OF THE MANUSCRIPT
•
•
•
•
•
•
Title of the text in English (16 pt, bold, align centre)
Name(s) and surname(s) of the author(s) (14 pt, align centre)
Abstract in English – from 150 to 200 words (10 pt)
Key words in English (10 pt)
Titles of individual chapters (14 pt, bold)
References (in form – KELLNER, D.: Media Spectacle. New York, London : Routledge, 2003.) The
citation rules are available at www.mlar.sk/citationrules.
• Contact data: name and surname of the author(s) with full academic degrees, full address of the
institution, e-mail, short bio and portrait photo of the author(s).
WE RECOMMEND TO ALL AUTHORS TO APPLY THE
FOLLOWING STRUCTURE OF THE MANUSCRIPT:
• Introduction
• Methods
• Results
• Discussion
• Conclusions
• References/Bibliography and sources
Please e-mail your article to: mlar.editor@fmk.sk in the Microsoft Word text editor. We accept
most word processing formats, but MS Word is preferred. Please use templates available at
mlar.sk/templates-to-download/.
Each received study will undergo a double-blind peer review process and the editorial board will decide
whether to accept or reject the text for publication on the basis of the elaborated reviews. The Editorial
Board may accept the text conditionally and require correction of the text by author(s) according to the
remarks or suggestions of the reviewers.
page 113
Media Literacy and Academic Research
EDITORIAL POLICY
Media Literacy and Academic Research is a scientific journal focused on the academic reflection
of media and information literacy issues, media education, critical thinking, digital media and
new trends in related areas of media and communication studies. The journal is devoted
to addressing contemporary issues and future developments related to the interdisciplinary
academic discussion, the results of empirical research and the mutual interaction of expertise
in media and information studies, media education as well as their sociological, psychological,
political, linguistic and technological aspects.
Media Literacy and Academic Research is a double-blind peer-reviewed journal published
twice a year by the Faculty of Mass Media Communication at the University of SS. Cyril and
Methodius in Trnava (FMK UCM). The journal is international and interdisciplinary, inviting
contributions from across the globe and from various academic disciplines of social sciences.
It focuses on theoretical and empirical studies, research results, as well as papers related to
the new trends, practices and other academic a research areas. Also encouraged are literature
reviews, innovative initiatives, best practices in online teaching, institutional policies, standards
and assessment. The Journal welcomes the submission of manuscripts that meet the general
criteria of significance and scientific excellence.
The authors and co-authors publishing their work in Media Literacy and Academic Research
are, as a general rule, academics, scholars, researchers and media professionals. The author(s)
of the texts – yet unpublished but already approved and prepared for publication in Media
Literacy and Academic Research – have the right to present their findings or other related
research outcomes by attending domestic, foreign and international scientific conferences
and workshops as well as within their pedagogical or artistic activities. The editorial board
expects authors to submit the final to-be-published texts with regard to the set formal criteria,
i.e. consistent and correct spelling, grammar, stylistics and formalities in accordance with
Guidelines for Authors and Citation Rules. It is necessary to use the template available on the
journal’s website: https://www.mlar.sk/.
If a published text (or manuscript intended for publication) violates the ethical principles or,
eventually, if the entire texts or their parts are proven to be plagiarisms or consist of texts
already published in the past or simultaneously in several other specialised publications, the
authors and co-authors take on full responsibility. However, the authors are given opportunity
to react to such allegations.
Any fundamental changes to authorship of already submitted final texts (e.g. amendment of
co-authors, change in the order of authors, copyright interests in the text) are liable to the
prior consent of the editorial board. The author(s) or co-author(s) must ask for a change in the
copyright data or modification of their order on the basis of a formal, written request sent to
the following e-mail address: mlar.editor@fmk.sk.
The complete version of Media Literacy and Academic Research’s Editorial Policy is available
online at: https://www.mlar.sk/editorial-policy/.
page 114
Media Literacy and Academic Research
SCIENTIFIC JOURNALS
Communication Today
Scientific journal of the Faculty of Mass Media Communication at the University SS.
Cyril and Methodius in Trnava, Slovakia
Communication Today is a scientific journal from the mass media and marketing
communication field. The journal contains professional scientific reflections on the media,
media competencies; it also offers academic discourses on the limits of reality, media
thinking, new media, marketing and media relations, new trends in marketing including
their types and specifics, psychology and sociology of marketing communication, as
well as new knowledge about the structure of media contents, marketing strategies and
communication sciences. The professional public is offered an interdisciplinary, focused,
targeted discussion in these pages. Communication Today is a double-blind peer reviewed
journal published twice a year. It focuses on theoretical studies, theoretical and empirical
studies, research results and their implementation into practice, as well as professional
publication reviews. The members of the journal’s editorial board are members of the
European Communication Research and Education Association (ECREA). Communication
Today is indexed in these databases: Cabell’s Directories, CEJSH, EBSCO, CEEOL, ProQuest, Ulrich’s Periodicals Directory,
Index Copernicus, ERIH PLUS, SCOPUS and (ESCI) – Web of Science Core Collection.
Lege Artis Language yesterday, today, tomorrow
Journal „Lege artis. Language yesterday, today, tomorrow” is a scholarly journal issued
periodically by De Gruyter Open twice a year, in June and December. Contributors are
invited to the mainstream linguistic studies and secondary subfields of linguistics included:
Cognitive linguistics, Cognitive poetics, Comparative-historical linguistics, Culture studies,
Discourse analysis, Folklore studies, Grammar History of the language, Historical phonology
and morphology, Historical semantics, Lexicology, Phonetics/Phonology, Psycholinguistics,
Stylistics, Text linguistics and Cognitive semiotics. „Lege artis. Language yesterday, today,
tomorrow” is indexed in these databases: Web of Science, EBSCO, Clarivate Analytics
– Emerging Sources Citation Index – Web of Science Core Collection, Ulrich’s Periodicals
Directory/ulrichsweb.
2
/
2
0
1
9
ejmap
2/2019
Faculty of Mass Media Communication
University of SS. Cyril and Methodius in Trnava
Vol. 7, No. 2
November 2019
European Journal of Media, Art & Photography
European Journal of Media, Art & Photography (EJMAP) is an academic journal
published biannually by the Faculty of Mass Media Communication at the University
of SS. Cyril and Methodius in Trnava (FMK UCM). The journal is dedicated to publishing
photographic collections, works of art and scholarly texts which deal with professional
scientific reflection on media, culture, journalism photography, philosophy, literature
and theatrical art. European Journal of Media, Art & Photography is indexed in CEEOL
and Web of Sciences ESCI.
Acta Ludologica
Acta Ludologica is a scientific journal in the field of digital games. The journal contains
professional scientific reflections on digital games; it also offers academic discourses
on games, especially media and digital competencies, creation, design, marketing,
research, development, psychology, sociology, history and the future of digital games.
Acta Ludologica is a double-blind peer reviewed journal published twice a year. It focuses
on theoretical studies, theoretical and empirical studies, research results and their
implementation into practice, as well as professional publication reviews. The members
of the journal´s editorial board are members of the Faculty of Mass Media Communication
of the University of Ss. Cyril and Methodius in Trnava, the only faculty in Central Europe
which has registered three scientific journals in Clarivate Analytics (formerly Thomson
Reuters) Web of Science.
Acta
Ludologica
Faculty of Mass Media Communication
Vol. 2, No. 1
European Journal of Media, Art & Photography
e
j
m
a
p
Theory
Education
Design
Development
Research
History
Marketing
Experience
Criticism
Psychology
Social
Aspects
Future
June 2019
page 115